2009年高考语法填空专题练习
Passage 1
Thirty-two people watched Kitty Genovese _____1 (kill) right below their windows. She was 2 neighbor. Yet 3 of the 32 helped her. Not one even called the police.
John Barley and Bib Fatane went beyond the headlines to research into the 4 why people didn’t act. They found that a person has to go through two steps 5 he can help. First he has to notice that it is 6 emergency（紧急情况）.
Is the smoke coming into the room 7 a leak in the air conditioning? Is it “steam pipes”? Or is it really smoke from a fire? It’s not always easy to tell if you are faced with a real emergency. Second, and 8 important, the person faced with an emergency must feel personally 9 (responsibility). He must feel that he must help, 10 the person won’t get the help he needs.
Passage 2
More than 220 people were killed in the fire ___1_____ destroyed the Capital Building on February 4th, 1974. The building was finished only a few months ___2_____ the fire; it was Sao Paulo’s newest building. All the 25 ___3____ of the office building were completely destroyed. __4____ fire also destroyed cars which belonged to people who worked in the building.
Over 500 people were working in the building when the fire ____5__on the 11th floor. ___6___knows how the fire started. Perhaps it was started by an ___7___(electricity) fire in the ceiling of one of the offices. Office workers tried to put out the fire, _8___ it was impossible to control __9__ . Soon the whole floor was on fire and it was impossible for people on the floors above ____10___(escape).
Passage 3
People are not so honest as they once 1 (be). The temptation to steal is greater than ever before----especially in large shops. A detective 2_______ (recent) watched a well-dressed woman who always went into a large store on Monday mornings. One Monday, there were _____3_____ people in the shop than usual when ____4____ woman came in, 5 ______ it was easier for the detective ____6____ her. The woman first bought a few small articles.
After a little time, she chose ____7____ of the most expensive dresses in the shop and handed it to an assistant ____8____ wrapped it up for her as quickly as possible. Then the woman simply took the parcel and walked out of the shop ____9____ paying. When she was arrested, the detective found out that the shop assistant was her daughter. The girl ‘gave’ her mother a free ____10____ once a week!
Passage 4
Charlie Chaplin developed his own manner of acting, the one that was to become world-famous. He wore a small black hat, very wide trousers, a moustache and carried a stick that he swung in the air __1__ he walked. During his first year, Chaplin acted in 35 films, many of __2___ he wrote and directed himself. Chaplin’s earliest films __3____ silent, __4___ the equipment for adding sound to films had not yet been developed.
The ___5_____ (develop) of films with sound became a problem for Chaplin, as he was uncertain about __6___ (make) films with dialogue. Instead, he continued to make films without dialogue, but he added music. Chaplin’s later films, __7____, were not well received. He made only six films __8____ 1940 and 1966 and only the first of these is still popular today. Before he died in 1977, he ___9__ (honour) in a number of ways for __10___ contributions to the film industry.
Passage 5
At 3:42 a.m. everything began to shake. It seemed 1 the world was ____2___ an end! Eleven kilometers____3_____(direct) below the city the greatest earthquakes of the 20th century began. It was heard in Beijing, ____4___ is one hundred kilometers away. One - third of the nation felt it. A huge crack that was eight kilometers long and thirty meters wide cut __5____ houses, roads and canals
Steam burst from 6 (hole) in the ground. Hard hills of rock became rivers of dirt. In fifteen terrible seconds a large city lay in ruins . Two-thirds of the people died or _____7________(injure) during the earthquake. Thousands of families 8 ( kill) and many children were left ___9___ parents. The number of people 10 were killed or injured reached more than 400,000.
Passage 6 (07广东英语考试大纲说明)
Sports should help a man to learn fairness, not only in games but also in and for life. If two teams play 31 ___ game, one team must lose. If a dozen teams attend an athletic competition, 32 ___ team will get the most points and all the 33 _____ eleven teams will get 34 _____ points. If a school team comes out last, that is no loss of face. 35 ____ that team and that school must do is admit that it 36____ (lose). The only intelligent reaction 37 ____ defeat must be: next year we will do our best to come out on top, because from now on our team will devote 38 ______ to a stricter course of training under competent instructors.
Lessons 39 _______ (learn) in sports can help us in our dealing with other people. But even more 40 _______(value) are the lessons learned in extra-curricular activities in school: in speech, dramatic and musical contests, in “house” activities, and , especially, in the student council.
Passage 7.(07深圳一模)
In the days when an ice cream cost much less, Tom, 31___ 8--year--old boy, entered a hotel coffee shop 32 _____sat at a table. A waitress put a glass of water in front of him. “How much is an ice cream?” “ Fifty-cents,” replied the waitress. The little boy pulled 33_____right hand out of the pocket and studied a number of 34 _____in it. “How much is a dish of plain ice scream?” he asked. Some people were waiting for her service and the waitress grew a bit 35 ___________ (patient).” “Thirty-five cents,” she said 36 ______(rude). The little boy carefully counted the coins 37 ________. “I will have a plain ice cream,” he said. The waitress walked 38 _____. The boy finished the ice cream, paid the cashier and left. It was not long 39 ______ the waitress came back and then she began to wipe down the table and suddenly was surprised at what she saw. There, 40 _______ (place) neatly beside the empty dish, were two nickels and five pennies—her tip!
Passage 8 (07广州一模)
Deciding what present you should give someone is never easy. Many thing must be considered such as 31_____ the person is interested in and how old he is. We must also consider the reaction of the person32 _________ (receive) the gift. One of the 33 _____ (bad) gift choices I ever made was for my high school English teacher, Ms Chen. Ms Chen 34 ____________ (teach) me English since Junior 1, and to show my 35 ___________ (appreciate) I decided to get her a present. I asked my classmates about her interests 36 ______ I made my final decision. Then I went to the department store 37 ______ I worked part-time and bought her 38 ___ expensive gift box of Sichuan beef. I was certain she would like it because I 39 _____________(tell) by my classmates that she loved hot food. I left the box with a card on her desk, and I was sure she would like them. 40 ____ was only after I heard she became sick that I learned she couldn’t eat MSC（味精）.
Passage 9 (07惠州一模)
There once were a goat and a donkey 31 ______ lived on a farm. The donkey worked harder so the farmer fed 32 __ more food. Sometimes the donkey was given more food 33 _____ it could eat. This made the goat so jealous 34 ___ it began plotting against（谋划对付） the donkey. “Hey, donkey,” the goat said one day. “I think you do too much work 35 ___ the farm. You carry such heavy things from morning to night. Why don’t you pretend 36 _____ (get) sick so you can take a day off?” The donkey thought the goat had a great idea. 37 ___ the next morning, the donkey lay in the stable（畜栏） on its side with its eyes _____ (close). Right away, the farmer called the doctor. After looking at the donkey, the doctor said it needed a special medicine made 39 _____ the heart of a goat. So the farmer killed ______ goat and gave the donkey medicine made from its heart.
Passage 10 (07广二模)
I was always told that the three Ps, patience, positive thinking and perseverance(毅力), were a sure path __1__ success. But this advice does not always work as planned. My high school maths exam is one example. The exam, ___2___ was originally to be held in our classroom, ______3______ (change) to the library at the last minute. This, ___4_______ , didn’t bother me because maths had always been my strongest subject. I patiently walked to the library, took my seat and did some deep breathing to help relax ____5____. But my mood quickly changed when I saw __6___ first question. I had no idea how to do it. I tried to stay positive and persevered _____7_____ I finally found the solution. With the problem ____8____ (solve), I felt proud of my achievement. ____________ (fortunate), I then noticed that I had just 10 minutes left ____________ (complete) the rest!
Passage 11 (07深二模)
One evening, I came across one of son’s papers with a failing grade. I almost started to yell his name __1__ I suddenly remembered he was in bed asleep. It was his __2___ (nine) year of school and his academic career seemed to be in ruins, so I was angry. But I put the paper aside and turned to the ___3____ one, at the top of which were written “My dad”. It was a poem about me, ___4__ included the time I had to leave work to take him to the hospital because he ______5_____ (break) his finger. So careless was I ___6__ I had forgotten all about that. He talked about how I wrestled with him in the evening and __7__ good many 0ther things. That paper was suddenly not nearly as important as it had been a few minutes ___8___. I don’t know if he planted the poem next to failing grade to ___9___ (soft) the blow, but it worked. Instead of a severe lecture, I talked to him about the poem as well as the failed homework, and it began to make sense to me that I could include praise along __10__ constructive criticism.
Passage 12 (07广东高考)
I was on my way to the Taiyetos Mountains. The sun was setting when my car 31 _______ (break) down near a remote and poor village. Cursing my misfortune, I was wondering where I was going to spend the night when I realized that the villagers who had gathered around me were arguing as to 32 ______ should have the honor of receiving me 33 ________ a guest in their house. Finally, I accepted the offer of an old woman who lived alone in a little house. While she was getting me 34 _______ (settle) into a tiny but clean room, the head of the village was tying up his horse to my car to pull it to 35 _______ small town some 20 kilometres away 36 ________ there was a garage.
I had noticed three hens running free in my hostess’s courtyard and that night one of them ended up in a dish on my table. 37 _______ villagers brought me goat’s cheese and hone. We drank together and talked 38 _______ (merry) till far into the night.
When the time came for me to say goodbye to my friends in the village, I wanted to reward the old woman 39 _________ the trouble I had caused 40 ________.
Passage 13
To other European, the best quality of the British, and in particular of the English, is “reserved”. A reserved person is ___1___ who does not talk very much to strangers, does not show much emotion, and seldom gets excited. It is difficult to get to know a reserved person: he never tells you ___2___ about himself and you may work with him for years without ever knowing where he lives, how many children he has , and ___3___ his interests are. English people tend to be like that. If they are making a journey by bus, they will do their __4___ to find an empty seat: if by train, an compartment. If they have to share the compartment with a stranger, they may travel many miles __5___ starting a conversation. If a conversation __6__ start, personal questions like “How old are you?” or even “What is your name?” are not easily asked and it is quite possible for two people to know each other casually for years without ever knowing each __7__ name. Questions like “ Where did you buy your watch?” or “What is your salary?” are almost __8__ (possible). __ 9___ (similar), conversation in Britain is in general quiet and restrained and loud speech ___10___ (consider) ill-bred.
Passage 14 (08惠二模)
Keeping a diary in English is one of the effective ways to improve our English writing ability.
[31]___________ (compare) with other forms of writing, it is shorter and takes [32] ______ time. It can help us to develop the habit of thinking in English. [33] ________ we persist in this practice, gradually we’ll learn how to express ourselves in English. In keeping a diary in English, we certainly run up against many difficulties. In the first place, it often happens [34] _______ we have trouble finding appropriate words and phrases to give expression to our mind. [35] __________ (second), there are many idiomatic ways of saying things in Chinese. [36] ______ it is extremely hard for us to put them into English properly.
As far as I am concerned, my [37] ____________ (suggest) is that we should always have a notebook and a Chinese-English within easy reach. Whenever something [38] ________ (beat) us, we can first put it down in our notebook and then consult our dictionary. We can also turn to our English teacher for help, if necessary. In short, I believe that it is [39] ________ great use to keep a diary in English for [40] _________ development of our writing skills.
Passage 15 (08广一模)
It was my first day in Hangzhou, the Chinese city famous for its natural beauty and history and I didn't have much time to spare. I wanted to see 31 much of the city as possible in the two days 32 I was to return to Guangzhou. My first task was to decide where to go and 33 to get there. I took out my guide book in which there was a lot of information about the city's well-known tourist 34 (attract) and started to read. At that moment an attractive young lady 35 noticed ,ny book came up to me and introduced 36 . She said her name was Miss Bai She and kindly offered to show me 37 the city. I was delighted and was about to accept her proposal when she suggested we first 38 (go) to the West Lake and walk along the Broken Bridge. I quite liked the idea of visiting the West Lake but wasn't so sure about crossing the Broken Bridge. 39 it was broken, did she expect me to jump across? And I couldn't swim, so if I fell in then I would drown. That was definitely not an attractive idea so I politely declined her invitation, 40 (close) my book and walked away.
Passage 16 (08广二模)
Lake Titicaca, a famous lake in South America, is located on the border between Bolivia and Peru. But the lives of the ancient people who once lived around the lake and __31__ culture was thought to be highly advanced, have long remained a secret. Recently __32__, scientists taking part in an exploration project at the lake have found __33__ they believe to be a 1000-year-old temple __34__ the water.
Divers from the study group have discovered __35__ building scientists think is the remains of a temple built by the people who once lived beside the lake. The project leaders hope to begin raising important materials from the site later this week __36__ bad weather forces a change in their plans.
"The scientists have not yet had the opportunity to study the materials carefully," said project director, John Aubi. "But some __37__ (put) forward the idea that the remains date from this period because of their __38__ (similar) to those found elsewhere."
The research team has so far this year made more than 200 dives into water 30 metres deep. During these dives, __39__ have been recording the ancient remains on film. There will be a meeting, __40__ (start) later this year to review the film.
Passage 17.(08深圳一模)
One day, about ten years ago, while working at the cash register in the gift shop at my University Museum of Natural History, I saw 31 elderly couple come in with a little girl in a wheelchair.?As I looked 32 ( close ) at this girl, I found that she was fixed on her chair. I then realized she had no arms or legs , just a head, a neck and upper body, 33 ( dress ) in a little white skirt.?As the couple wheeled her up to me, I turned my head toward the girl. When I took the money from her grandparents, I looked back 34 the girl, who was giving me the most optimistic, largest smile I had ever seen. All of a sudden, her handicap was gone and all I saw was this beautiful girl, 35 smile just melted me 36 almost instantly gave me a completely new sense of 37 life is all about. She took me from a poor, unhappy college student and 38 ( bring ) me into her world; a world of smiles, love and 39 ( warm ). I’m a successful business man now and whenever I think about the troubles of the world, I think about that little girl and the remarkable lesson about life that she taught 40 .
Passage 18.(08深圳二模)
Each of us failed from time to time. If we are wise, we accept these failures as a necessary part of the learning process. But all too often ___31___ parents and teachers, we do not allow our children to have the same right. We convey either by words ___32___ by actions that failure is something to be ashamed ___33___ . and that nothing but top performance meets with our ___34___ (approve).
When I see a child subject to this kind of pressure, I think of Donnie. He was ___35___ shy , nervous perfectionist. His fear of failure ___36___ (keep) him from classroom games that other children played with joyous abandon. He seldom answered questions for fear ___37___ he might be wrong. He seldom finished his work because he repeatedly checked with me to be sure he hadn’t made a mistake. I tried my best to build up ___38___ self-confidence. And I repeatedly asked God for direction. But nothing changed until midterm, ___39___ Mary Anne, a student teacher, was appointed to our classroom. She was young and pretty, and she loved children. My pupils, Donnie ___40___ (include), adored her. With her frequent encouragement, Donnie became confident.
Passage 19 (08广东高考)
Chinese proverbs are rich and they are still widely used in Chinese people’s daily life. 31 these proverbs there are often interesting stories. For example, the proverb, “plucking up a crop 32 (help) it grow”, is based on the following story.
It is said that a short—tempered man in the Song Dynasty (960—1279) was very anxious to help 33 rice crop grow up quickly. He was thinking about 34 day and night. But the crop was growing much slower than he expected.
One day, he came up with an idea 35 he would pluck up all of his crop a few inches. He did so the next day.
He was very tired 36 doing this for a whole day, 37 he felt very happy since the crop did “grow” 38 (high).
His son heard about this and went to see the crop. Unfortunately the leaves of the crop began to wither.
This proverb is saying we have to let things go in their 39 (nature) course. Being too anxious to help an event develop often 40 (result) in the contrary to our intention.
Passage 20.(08佛山一模)
Were you the first or the last child in your family? Or were you a middle or an only child? Some people think 31 matters where you were born in your family. But there are different ideas about what birth order means. Some people say that oldest children, 32 are smart and strong-willed, are very likely 33 (succeed). The reason 34 this is simple. Parents have a lot of time for their first child and give him or her a lot of attention. An only child will succeed for 35 same reason.
What happens to the 36 children in the family? Middle children don’t get so much attention, so they don’t feel that important. If a family has many children, the middle one sometimes gets lost in the crowd. The youngest child, 37 , often gets special treatment. Often this child grows up to be funny. But a recent study saw things quite 38 (difference). The study found that first children believed in family rules. They didn’t take many chances in 39 lives. They usually 40 (follow) orders. Rules didn’t mean as much to later children in the family. They took chances and they often did better in life.
Keys:
Passage 1 Keys: 1.being killed 2 .their 3. none 4 . reason 5. before 6. an 7. from
8. more 9.responsible 10. or
Passage 2 Keys: 1.which/that 2 .before 3. floors 4 .The 5.broke out 6.No one
7. electrical 8. but 9．It 10. to escape
Passage 3 Keys: 1.were 2 .recently 3. fewer 4 the 5.so/therefore 6.to watch
7. one 8. who / that 9．without 10. dress
Passage 4 Keys: 1.as 2 .which 3. were 4.because 5.development 6. making
7. However 8. because 9．was honoured 10. his
Passage 5 Keys: 1.that 2 at 3. directly 4.which 5 across 6. holes
7. were injured 8. were killed 9．without 10. who
Passage 6 Keys: 1.a 2 one 3. other 4.fewer 5 What
6. lost 7.to 8. itself 9．learned 10. valuable
Passage7 Keys: 1.an 2 and 3. his 4.coins 5 impatient
6.rudely 7.again 8. away 9．before 10. placed
Passage 8 Keys: 1.what 2 receiving 3. worst 4.had taught 5 appreciation
6. before 7.where 8. an 9．Was told 10. It
Passage 9 Keys: 1.that / who 2 it 3. than 4.that 5 on
6. to get 7.So 8. closed 9．from 10. the / his
Passage 10 Keys: 1.to 2 which 3. was changed 4.however 5 myself
6.the 7.until / till 8. solved 9．Unfortunately 10. to complete
Passage11 Keys: 1.when 2 ninth 3. next / other 4.which 5 had broken
6.that 7.a 8. before 9．soften 10. with
Passage 12 Keys: 1.broke 2 who 3. as 4.settled 5. a
6. where 7 Other 8 merrily 9．for 10. her
Passage 13 Keys: 1.one/someone 2 anything 3. what 4.best 5. without
6. does 7.other’s 8. impossible 9 Similarly 10. is considered
Passage 14 Keys: 1.Compared 2 less 3. If 4.that 5. Secondly
6. And 7.suggestion 8.beats 9 of 10. the
Passage15 Keys： 31. as 32. before 33. how 34. attractions 35. who/that
36. herself 37. around 38. go 39. If/Since/As 40. closed
Passage 16 Keys：31．whose 32. however 33．what 34. under/beneath/in 35．a
36. unless37. have put/ are putting 38. similarity/similarities 39. they 40. starting
Passage 17 Keys：31．an 32．closer/closely 33．dressed 34． at 35．whose
36．and 37.what 38．brought 39．warmth 40．me
Passage 18Keys: 31. as 32. or 33. of 34. approval 35.a
36. kept 37. that 38. his 39. when 40. included
Passage 19Keys: 31. Behind 32. to help 33. his / the 34. this / it 35.that
36. after 37. but 38. higher 39. natural 40. results.
Passage 20Keys 31. it 32. who 33. to succeed 34. for 35. the
36.other 37. however/though 38. differently 39. their 40. followed
2009年英语高考冲刺专题专练 (基础 技巧 能力 悟性)
纵观天津市多年高考,从03年自主命题以来对There be和it的考查就从未间断过,如果说在天津自主命题的初期更注重以There be的一些固定句式作为考查点的话,那在"淡化语法,注重能力"的今天对于it的多元化认知考查无疑不是对考生英语素质高低的真正考验,所以想在高考中取得理想成绩的考生在平时的学习中就应加强能力方面的训练,当然这会是一个艰苦的过程,但只要坚持下来,就会受到非常好的效果.请记住:NO PAINS , NO GAINS!
祝每一位考生学有所成!
下面是有关的一些高考预测题,望认真揣测,领会要领:
1．______ is reported that he got seven gold medals.
A. That B. Word C. It D. News
2．How long ______ to finish the work?
A. you will take B. will you take C. you will take it D. will it take you
3．__________ no need for us to discuss the problem again. It has already been settled.
A. It has B. There has C. It is D. There is
4．I was disappointed with the play. I had expected _____ to be much better.
A. that B. this C. one D. it
5．I don’t think _______ possible to master a foreign language without much memory work.
A. it B. that C. its D. this
6．Does _______ matter if he can’t finish the job on time?
A. this B. it C. he D. that
7．----Do you need my ruler?
----No, thanks. I’ve got _______ myself.
A. it B. each C. one D. the one
8．----Which person do you mean?
----______ who wears a new gold watch.
A. The one B. One C. Each D. It
9．It ______ three years since I left England.
A. has been B. was C. had been D. will be
10．It won’t be long _____ the island ________ to our motherland.
A. when, returns B. before, will return C. since, returns D. before, returns
11．How many years is it ______ your family moved here?
A. after B. since C. before D. until
12．________ is a pity that you forgot both her address and her telephone number.
A. It B. There C. This D. That
13．I saw no more than one copy left in the bookshop. Will you go and buy ______?
A. it B. some C. any D. one
14．Will you see to ______ that the luggage is brought back?
A. me B. yourself C. it D. them
15．It _______ that she has lost interest in studying English.
A. seemed B. appears C. looks D. remains
16．_______ happened that I met one of my friends yesterday.
A. I B. That C. It D. How
17．I think _______ right that you didn’t tell him the bad news.
A. it B. its C. you D. that
18． _______ to say which one I should choose.
A. That’s hard B. It is hard C. There no use D. It no good
19．_______ surprised me most was that she had become a famous singer.
A. That B. It C. What D. This
20．______ will take you a lot of time to find him in the crowd.
A. It B. I C. We D. They
21．He felt ______ to work for human rights and progress.
A. it his duty B. his duty C. that is a duty D. that is his duty
22．People in the west makes ______ a rule to buy Christmas presents for their relatives and friends.
A. that B. it C. this D. The thing
23．________needs further discussion whether we’ll build a library or not.
A. We B. He C. It D. The thing
24．_______ is no good _______ without doing anything.
A. This, talking B. It, to talk C. It, talking D. That, to talk
25．________ is no difference between them.
A. There B. Where C. It D. What
26．Was it _______ that they saw?
A. she B. that she C. her D. herself
27．_______ being Sunday, the library was closed.
A. That B. It is C. It D. This
28．It was evening _______ we arrived there.
A. that B. when C. this D. since
29．It was in the village ______ now is a small town ________ the earthquake occurred.
A. where, which B. which, where C. which, that D. that, where
30．----Few children are as bright as he is, and also, he works very hard.
----It’s no ______ that he always gets the first place in any examination.
A. question B. doubt C. problem D. wonder
31．_______,we had to walk home last night.
A. There's no bus B.There was no bus C.Being no bus D.There being no bus
32．_______is no need to turn off the radio since I have got used to working with it on.
A. It B.That C.There D.This
33．----You've booked on a four o'clock flight?
----What chance_______of taking an earlier plane.
A. there is B.is it C.there it is D.is there
答案与提示：
1.C it在此句中是形式主语，真正的主语是that从句。这个句型的结构是：it be +过去分词 +that 从句。
2.D it takes sb. some time to do sth. 意为“花费时间做某事”。It是形式主语，代替不定式短语。此句是将来时态。
3.D 本题用的是there be句型。There is no need to…是这个句型的一种表达方式，意思是“没有必要…”。
4.D I had expected的宾语是前面所提到的play。英语中，通常用it 和one来替代前面单数名词，可以选C或D， one所代替的是同类事物中“一个”，而it所代替的是前面提到过的同一事物，所以答案为D。
5.A to master a foreign language without much memory
work是动词不定式短语作think的宾语。当句子的宾语是动词不定式或that从句时，我们通常用it作形式宾语，但是如果宾语不与形容词在一起，一般不能用it作形式宾语。
6.B 本题是一般疑问句。matter(有关系，要紧)经常用于否定句和疑问句，常用句型是：Does it matter…?
It doesn’t matter…。
7.C 不定代词one常用来代替与前面已提到的一个事物（人或东西），以避免重复。one表示同类事物中的 “任一个”，即：表示泛指，而the one则表示确指。人称代词it被用来代替前面提到的那个东西。
不定代词each常表示“每一个”的意思。根据题意（你要用我的尺子吗？不，谢谢。我自己有一支。）和结构认知，应选C。
8.A 不定代词one 和the one都可以被用来代替前面提到过的一个同类事物（人或东西），以避免重复。
ne 表示泛指，而the one表示确指。题意为：“你指的是哪个人？”“那位戴一只新金表的。”
9.A It is /has been…since…did…(时间状语从句) 意思为：自从…以来已有…时间了。
10.D It won’t be …before…“用不了（多长时间）就会…”，其中before引导的是时间状语从句，所以应用现在时态。
11.B It is /has been…since…did…(时间状语从句)
意思为：自从…以来已有…时间了。题意为：你们家搬到这里已多长时间了？
12.A It is a pity that…其中it是形式主语，that从句是真正的主语。
13.A one表示同类事物中的“任一个”，即：表示泛指。人称代词it被用来代替前面提到的那个东西。
no more than 表示“仅仅，只有”。
14.C it 作形式宾语，真正的宾语是后面的that 从句。
15.B it seems/appears that…为固定句型，“似乎…”。选项A的时态不对。
16.C it happened that…为固定句型，意思是“碰巧…”。题意为：昨天我碰巧碰到了我一位朋友。
17.A it 作形式宾语，真正的宾语是 “that you didn’t tell him the bad news”
18.B it 作形式主语，后面的不定式短语作真正的主语。
19.C what surprised me most 在本题中是主语从句。如果选B, 则应把原题中的was去掉，变为：It surprised me most that she had become a famous singer. (it做形式主语)
20.A 本题用的是句型：It takes sb. some time to do sth. 干…花了某人…时间。其中it作形式主语。
21.A feel/ find/ think / consider/ make/ regard…+ it +名词/ 形容词 +不定式短语,其中it做形式宾语，真正的宾语是“to work for human rights and progress”
22.B make / find/ think / consider/ feel / regard…+ it +名词/ 形容词 +不定式短语,其中it做形式宾语，真正的宾语是“to buy Christmas presents for their relatives and friends”
23.C it作形式主语，真正的主语是后面的从句“whether we’ll build a library or not”
24.C 本题用的是句型：It is no good doing sth. 意思是“干…没用/好处”其中it 作形式主语，用来代替后面的动名词短语。
25.A 本题用的是固定句型：There is no difference between…意思是“和…之间没/有区别”， 注意别误选it。
26.C 本题为一个由强调句变成的一般疑问句，被强调的人称代词为宾格。原句应为：They saw her. 选项B的句子结构语法不对。
27.C It being Sunday是独立主格结构，在此相当于原因状语从句。it在此题中表示时间。
28.B It’s + 时间名词+ when…；It’s + 时间状语 +that… 这是一个强调句。本题中的evening为时间名词，所以应选B。
29.C 本题第一个空填which, 引导的是一个定语从句，修饰先行词the village。第二个空是强调句，所以选that，“是在这个村庄发生了地震”。
30.D It’s no wonder that…为固定句型，意思是“难怪…”。
31.D 本题考查非谓语中的独立主格现象(即非谓语的逻辑主语并不是句子真正的主语,而是自立主语.)
There being 为独立主格的一种.
32.C 本题考查固定句型: There is no need (for sb.) to do sth. 没必要…
33.D 本题考查固定句型: There is a chance… 有可能…,将句子由特殊疑问句变为陈述句,答案一目了然.
2009年高考英语单词拼写专题辅导
【试题特点】
★ 所选单词均在高考考试大纲《词汇表》中的单词范围之内。
★ 题干句子简单明了。
★ 选用多音节词，单词多在5个字母以上，低于5个字母的较少。
★ 选用词多为常见词或容易拼写错误的单词，多数单词都有不同的变化形式。
★ 体现“词不离句、词随句变”的特点，即根据语境要求填入单词的适当形式。
【考纲解读】
★ 考查单词的拼写能力。 ★ 考查词形变化和语法知识的运用能力。
★ 考查近义词语的区别。
【命题趋势】
项目考查重点化。考查的词类主要为：动词（包括非谓语动词）、名词、副词和形容词。
年份
动词
名词
副词
形容词
其他
2006年
4
4
1
1
2007年
3
5
1
1
2008年
3
4
1
1
数词1个
2．常用词多，生僻词少，所选词都为大纲要求掌握的单词，并且多是5个以上字母的长单词。
年份
单 词
长
单词
动词
名词
形容词
副词
其他
2006年
breathing
protect
improved
starved
accident
geography
bargain
congratulations
delicious
foolishly
10
2007年
Winning
recognized
forgive
leaves
republic
ceiling
Exhibition
possession
impossible
suddenly
8
2008年
regretting
divide
spread
materials
temperature
blanket
neighbor
curious
strictly
twelfth
10
3．句子多为简单句子，语法也较简单。 4．语境突出。
【典型错误】
1. 词性不分
Do you know how many countries belong to __________（欧洲）Union.
The government will take _________ （立刻） action to punish the criminals.
Since my __________（到达） in France, I have made a great number of friends.
2. 忽略名词的复数形式及不规则变化。
Cabbage, carrots, and tomatoes are my favorite ____________（蔬菜）.
One of the __________（乘客）taking the plane to London is a great writer.
I set a trap for __________（老鼠）, but I failed to catch any one.
3. 可数名词和不可数名词不分
We've just bought a big house and need some new _____________(家具).
We offered our _____________ (祝贺) to Li Ping on winning the first prize in the National English Competition.
4. 不清楚不规则或规则动词的正确变化形式
It was extremely cold and some animals were ____________（冻） to death.
The idea started in Standlake and has ____________(传开) throughout the country
The president spoke at the business meeting for nearly an hour without__________ （参考）to his notes.
5. 忽略时态或语态
The house that fell last night is being _____________(重建).
I hadn't seen him for years, but still I ___________(听出) his voice on the phone.
Many people ___________(聚集) in the main square and supported him.
6. 忽略非谓语动词形式
We’re looking forward to __________ (收到)your letter as soon as possible.
John had a bad cold. He kept __________（咳嗽）the whole night.
It’s no use ____________(后悔) what you have done.
7. 忽略形容词、副词的恰当选择或比较级、最高级形式
You’ll feel _____________（凉爽）to stand in the shade than in the sun.
Please think (仔细) before you answer the questions.
【应试策略】
(运用单词拼写“三到位”判断法，即从词义、词性、词形三方面考虑判断。
(1)判断词义。由句意或所给汉语判断词义，确定单词。
(2)判断词性。根据句子结构，判断是用形容词还是用副词，用动词还是用名词等。
1) He is a writer of rich____________(想象)．
2) The girl who kept shouting and crying was____________(显然) mad．
3) Darwin based his ideas on _______________(科学)experiment
4）All the students in my class ______________(成功) in passing the final exam.
(3)判断词形。要注意单词的词形变化。名词要考虑是可数还是不可数名词，是单数还是复数。形容词要看是原级，还是比较级、最高级。动词则要判断是何种时态，或是现在分词、过去分词等。
1)We had great difficulty in ____________(呼吸)for the air was thin.
2) Their living conditions have been _____________(改善)in the past few years .
3) In our library ,there are many newspapers and ___________(杂志) for us to read .
4) She has some___________(困难)remembering people's names.
5) It is ____________ (凉爽)today than it was yesterday .
(仔细认真，不忘大小写
1)_____________(秋天)comes after summer.
2) Some American children posted some ____________(圣诞)cards to us．
3) ______________(一月)is the first month of the year.
(书写要工整、清楚。特别要注意几个手写时易混的字母，如u和v；a和u ；d和cl.不要因为书写时字迹潦草或不规范而丢分。
【备考策略】
( 过硬地牢固记忆高考考试大纲《词汇表》中的所有单词。
( 需要特别熟记的常用词：
★ 一年中的十二个月；一周中的七天；一年中的四季
★ 大洲大洋国家名(名词、形容词)；
★ 东西南北(名词、形容词)；
★ 基数词和序数词（特别是不规则的词）；
★ 不规则动词的过去式和过去分词；
★ 动词加-ed或-ing双写最后一个字母的词, 如：
1. regret (regretted, regretting) 后悔
2. control (controlled, controlling) 控制
3. admit (admitted, admitting) 承认
4. occur (occurred, occurring) 出现
5. prefer (preferred, preferring) 宁愿
6. forget (forgetting ) 忘记
7. permit (permitted, permitting)允许
8. equip (equipped, equipping) 装备
9. refer(referred, referring) 提到，查阅
★ 高考考试大纲《词汇表》中的形容词变名词时的拼写变化，如：
1. deep — depth深度 2. long—length 长度； 3. wide—width 宽度；
4. high — height 高度； 5. strong—strength力量 6. happy —happiness 幸福
★ 高考考试大纲《词汇表》中的动词变名词时的拼写变化，如：
1. succeed—success成功 2. enter—entrance进入
3. pronounce — pronunciation 发音 4. decide—decision 决定
5. explain—explanation解释 6. permit—permission 允许
7. consider—consideration 考虑 8. describe—description 描述
9. arrive—arrival 到达 10. weigh—weight 重
真 题 再 现
2008全国卷II
66. Lisa, I didn't ____________(认出)you---you've had your hair cut!
67. I usually just have a _____________(三明治)for lunch.
68. Mr. White announced that he would go to China in _____________ (二月).
69. The story was first written in English and later ___________(翻译)into Chinese.
70. The village children like to go ____________(游泳)in the nearby river.
71. One of our ____________(邻居)kept a very beautiful garden.
72. The English teacher gives the class a _____________ (听写)almost every day.
73. David turned and walked off in the ______________(相反)direction.
74. I suggest that we have ______________(定期)meetings.
75. Rose rushed _______________(向楼下)to answer the door.
2007全国卷II
There’s a ________（留言）from Karen on the phone.
They football game was ________（播出）live on TV across Europe.
They’re going to ________（庆祝）their victory with music and dancing.
The ________（大多数）of students find it quite hard to learn German.
Very few people ________（成功）in losing weight these days.
The book gives a short ________（描述）of the city.
The doctor ________（表扬）our daughter for her courage this morning.
There were piles of newspapers ________（到处）in the house.
What is your _______（最喜欢的）color?
The little girl is wearing a ________（粉红色的）dress.
2006全国卷II
66. I’m very hungry –I ____________（错过）lunch.
67. Jack took a deep_____________ （呼吸）and then dived into the water.
68. I’ve got an_____________（普通）sort of car, nothing special.
69. I want to thank everyone who has____________（鼓励）and supported me .
70. Jenny spends hours in front of the___________（镜子）!
71. It is_________（稍微）colder today than it was yesterday.
72. The story is written by an__________（澳大利亚）engineer.
73. Tom was__________（羞愧）of having lied to his parents.
74. __________（一月）is the first month of the year.
75. Can you__________（想像）standing up there and giving a speech?
2005全国III（陕西)
66．When the queen is at home, the flag would be raised on top of her __________ .（宫殿）
67．The two friends__________（分享）all that they had when they were studying abroad.
68．Few students in my class can__________（付得起）a trip to New Zealand.
69．Oliver was unable to give police a _________（描述）of his attacker. 70．You will be better accepted if you can speak more ____________（自然地）in public.
71．The little girl got__________（分开）from the group in the dark. 72．The day after__________（圣诞节）is called Boxing Day.
73．Attention please ,the game will begin__________ （立刻）.
74．They finished___________（测量）that piece of land last week. 75．The international ________（烟草）industry is making a lot of money from the
developing countries.
仿 真 练 习
(1)
66. I bought some ___________ (蜡烛) in the supermarket just in case.
67. Mum told me to put another __________ (毯子) on the bed.
68. The __________(重要) of washing one's hands before a meal is that it prevents infection.
69. Getting up early and having a shower is my__________(习惯).
70. The government is taking measures to ____________(控制) the price.
72. Please don’t ____________(打扰) me while I’m working.
73.__________(判断) from his expression, he has passed the examination.
74. Smoking is not ___________(允许) in public in this city.
75. We must arrange a _____________(方便) time and place for the meeting.
(2)
66. Our school has been given some new ______________ (设备).
67. The tongue is one of the organs for_____________(发音).
68. The two friends sat in a corner and _________(闲聊) about the price of stocks and shares.
69.People?use_____________?(现代的) machines to so much work.
70. The teacher _____________(惩罚) the noisy children by making them stay after school.
71. The fire ____________(蔓延) from the factory to the houses nearby.
72. He is always wearing a ____________(灰色) coat.
73. It is only __________(最近) that I got a copy of the novel.
74. The soldier had shown great __________(勇气) in the battle.
75. She has some difficulty ___________(说服) her husband to give up smoking.
(3)
66. I hadn't seen him for years, but still I _____________(听出) his voice on the phone.
67. At the sight of the police, the thieves ran away in all _____________ (方向).
68. This television set has a picture of poor ___________ (质量) though it is cheap.
69. China is a country _____________ (属于) to the developing countries.
70. We offered our _____________ (祝贺) to Li Ping on winning the first prize in the National English Competition.
71. She has made great ____________ (进步) in her studies this term.
72. It is no use _____________(假装) not to see him in the street.
73. A fork and knife is often used when eating ___________ (西方) food.
74. After a heated argument, they left the meeting room ___________ (生气).
75. Luckily, no one was killed in the ____________ (交通) accident.
(4)
66. In the battle, about eleven were killed, _______________ (包括) the guide.
67. Are coins the same in size, weight and _______________ (形状)?
68. A good ____________ (开端) is half the battle.
69. All the students in my class _____________(成功) in passing the final exam.
70. The plan should be _____________ (稍微) changed here.
71. The more you listen to English, the _____________ (容易) it becomes.
72. Mike got up as early as _____________ (往常) though it was Sunday.
73. People in some African countries _____________ (仍然) very poor.
74. Please read the ______________ (说明) before you operate the machine.
75. Do you know when the first computer was ____________ (发明).
(5)
66. Your plan needs some ______________ (解释), we are not quite clear about it.
67. Your invitation is sure to be ___________(接受) by Mr Smith.
68. The little girl was too _________ (紧张) to speak at the meeting.
69. There was no wind. The smoke rose __________ (笔直) upward.
70. ____________(比较) with yours, my work is far from being good.
71. Everyone has the right to make his own _______________ (决定).
72. Let me know the time of your ____________ (到达).
73. The people's Republic of China was ____________ (建立) in 1949.
74. When he was young, he __________(喜欢) volleyball to basketball.
75. Japan depends on foreign countries for ___________ (天然的) resources.
(6)
66. It is going to rain. You'd better take an __________(雨伞) with you.
67. I beg your ____________(原谅), I can't agree with you.
68. The shoes are _________(舒适). Even though they are a little expensive, I will take them.
69. I love sports, _____________(尤其) playing basketball.
70. The _____________(人口) of China is the largest in the world.
71. __________(无论哪儿) you go, remember to write to me.
72. I __________(期望) you to drive me home.
73. I ____________(过去常常) to go the cinema, but I never have the time now.
74. I can make a ___________(完美的) copy of the famous picture.
75. The scientist___________(想知道) if the monkey is cleverer than any other animal.
附答案
【典型错误】
1. European immediate arrival
2. vegetables passengers mice
3. furniture congratulations
4. frozen spread referring
5. rebuilt recognized gathered
6. receiving coughing
7. cooler carefully
【应试策略】
1. imagination obviously scientific succeeded
2. breathing improved magazines difficulty/trouble cooler
3. Autumn Christmas January
真 题 再 现
2008全国卷II
66. recognize (-ise) 67. sandwich 68. February 69. translated 70. swimming 71. neighbor(u)rs 72. dictation 73. opposite 74. regular 75. downstairs
2007全国卷II
66. message 67. broadcast/broadcasted 68. celebrate 69. majority 70. succeed
71. description 72. praised 73. everywhere 74. favo(u)rit 75. pink
2006全国卷II
66. missed 67. breath 68. ordinary/average 69. encouraged 70. mirror
71. slightly 72. Australian 73. ashamed 74.January 75. imagine
2005全国III（陕西)
66．Palace 67．shared 68．afford 69．description 70．naturally
71．Separated 72．Christmas 73．immediately 74．measuring 75．Tobacco
仿 真 练 习
(1)
66. candles 67. blanket 68. importance 69. habit 70. control
72. disturb 73. Judging 74. permitted 75. convenient
(2)
66. equipment 67. pronunciation 68. chatted 69. modern 70. punished 71. spread 72. grey 73. lately 74. courage 75. persuading
(3)
66. recognized 67. directions 68. quality 69. belonging 70. congratulations
71. progress 72. pretending 73. western 74. angrily 75. traffic
(4)
66. including 67. shape 68. beginning 69. succeeded 70. slightly
71. easier 72. usual 73. remain 74. instructions 75. invented
(5)
66. explanation 67. accepted 68. nervous 69. straight 70. Compared
71. decision 72. arrival 73. founded 74. preferred 75. natural
(6)
66. umbrella 67. pardon 68. comfortable 69. especially 70. population
71. Wherever 72. expect 73. used 74. perfect 75. wonders
完形专题(一)
Is it difficult for you to forgive? To let the past be past?
A beautiful legend tells of an African tribe that describes 21
When a tribe member acts 22 or unjustly, he/she is taken to the cen-
ter of the village. All work stops and every man, woman and child in the vil-
lage gathers in a large circle around the 23 . Then the tribe bombards
the rejected person with affirmations (肯定)! One at a time, friends
and 24 list all the good the individual has done. Every 25
every experience that can be recalled with some detail and accuracy is re-
counted. All their 26 qualities, strengths and kindnesses are recited
carefully and at length. Finally, the tribal circle is 27 , a joyous cele-
bration takes place, and the outcast is welcomed back into the tribe.
What a beautiful religious ceremony of 2_8_ ! They replace hurt
with happiness, pain with peace. Once again they are family. The rejected
one is restored and the village is made __ 29__.
Paul Boese has satd "Forgiveness does not change |he past, but it does
enlarge the future." As brothers and sisters in our global village, is letling go
of those 30 really an option?
21. A. thankfulness B. kindness c. forgiveness I). happiness
22. A. irresponsibly B. irregularly C. bravely D. intelligently
23. A. praised B. accused C. ahused D. killed
24. A. tribe B. enemies C. family 1). villagers
25. A. legend B. detail C. aecident D. incident
26. A. negative B. positive C. relative D. constructive
27. A. formed P,. strengthened C. broken D. forgiven
28. A. dictation 13. restoration C. accusation D. affirmation
29. A. broken B. beautiful C. separated D. whole
30. A. qualities B. characters C. hates D. kindnesses
完形填空(2)
In the dining room of my grandfather's house stood a massive grandfa-
ther clock. Meals in that dining room were a 21 for four generations to
become one. Grandfather's clock stood like a trusted old family friend,
__22 us playing jokes and telling stories, which was already a 23
of our life.
As a child, the old clock fascinated me. I watched and listened to it
during 24 . I was surprised how at 25 times of the day, that
clock would strike three times, six times or more, with a wonderful great .26
that echoed throughout the house. I found the clock comforting. Year after
year, the clock chimed, a part of my 27 , a part of my heart.
Even more 28 to me was my grandfather's ritual. He meticulously
29 that clock with a special key each day. That key was magic to me.
It 30 our family's magnificent clock ticking and chiming, a part of
every holiday and every tradition, as solid as the wood from which it was
made.
21. A. time B. possibility C. problem D. pleasure
22. A. seeing B. hearing C. watching D. looking
23. A. start B. part C. signal D. mark
24. A. stories B. jokes C. periods Do meals
25. A. busy B. urgent C. happy D. different
26. A. shock B. sound C. song D. music
27. A. memories B. minds C. comfort D. information
28. A. comfortable B. hopeful C. wonderful D. skillful
29. A. opened B. wound C. turned D. started
30. A. made B. controlled C. kept D. fixed
完形填空(3)
The idea of the blood transfusion is very simple, but that idea has saved
many thousands of lives over the past century. Often, if a person is in a
(n) 21 or has an operation, he will lose a lot of blood and these are
the times when a blood transfusion is needed. This 22 means taking
blood from another person and putting it into the body of the 23
Doctors have been carrying out blood transfusions for 24 . There are
several types of blood and that the correct type must always be used. So,
you might be 25 "What does this have to 26 me?" Well, it has
something to do with all of us. Hospitals need to keep back the blood ready
for transfusions. The only way they can get that blood is from 27 people
like you. Every human body has five liters of blood and we take 0.25
liters from each person. This is completely 28 . In fact, your body
will make enough blood to 29 it after only a day. Giving blood only
30 a short while and it doesn't hurt. It costs you nothing and it could
save a life. So please blood.
21. A. hospital B. accident C. action D. treatment
22. A. simply B. mainly C. partly D. largely
23. A. person B. man C. woman D. patient
24. A. centuries B. months C. years D. weeks
25. A. worrying B. considering C. thinking D. leaving
26. A. deal with B. do with C. go with D. connect with
27. A. common B. usual C. ordinary D. general
28. A. safe B. unsafe C. good D. available
29. A. recover B. return C. regain D. replace
30. A. takes B. costs C. spends D. nses
完形填空(4)
If" you have read many travel books or magazines, you will notice that
they focus on reaching a destination and having an enjoyable time when you
arrive.
Do you view success as something you will enjoy one day and your 31
situation as something to be endured? Have you become so obsessed with
getting beyond the struggles of everyday life that the 32 is little more
than a process to be 33 ?
However, in life, the journey is as 34 as the destination. You
must learn to experience success 35 and see it as a journey not a 46 ;
You must learn how to 37 success in your own terms so that you can
begin to experience success today; You must also learn how to develop
your own personal mission (目标) statement so you can decide who you
want to 38 and begin your journey today. This sense of 39 provides
meaning and significance to our lives. It gives us 40 in our journey
through life.
31. A. future B. present C. past D. lit~long
32. A. success B. destination C. journey D. failure
33. A. enjoyed B. focused C. viewed D. endnred
34. A. important B. far C. complicated D. difficult
35. A. one day B. today C. some day D. the other day
36. A. moment B. goal C. destination D. conception
37. A. define B. gain C. found D. discover
38. A. contact B. become C. follow D. admire
39. A. responsibility B. humor C. direction D. purpose
40. A. opportunities B. fortune C. strength D. spirit
完形填空(4)
If we want to change our performance, we must change our attitude.
One of my favorite quotes is from Victor Frank, a 31 of a Nazi
concentration camp. He says, the 32 of the human freedoms is to
choose one's 33 in any given set of circumstances, to choose one's
own way.
Obviously, our 34 and our surroundings help construct our
attitudes. Victor had all of his 35 taken away from him in the
concentration camp. He 36 because he realized there was one freedom
the Nazi couldn't take from him. He still had the freedom to choose his
attitude. His attitude helped him survive.
No matter what your circumstances are, you can choose to have a
positive attitude. This can't be 37 overnight. It takes time to reach the
altitude you 38 . It isn't easy, but it can be accomplished.
You are today because of the 39 you made in the past. You will
be tomorrow and in the future because of the choices you make today. Make
a conscious effort to change your attitude. Make the choice today to 40
your own way.
31. A. soldier B. victim C. survivor [). prisoner
32. A. first B, last C. only one D. biggest
33. A. attitude B. life C. direction D. belief
34. A. background B. circumstances C. status D. fate
35. A. relatives B. possessions C. freedoms D. hopes
36. A. survived B. prayed C. fought D. struggled
37. A. reached B. accomplished C. realized D. chosen
38. A. desire B. design C. measure D. expect
39. A. mistakes B. accomplishments C. progress D. choices
40. A. continue B. fight C. make D. force
完形填空(1)
21．C
22．A
23．B
24．c
25．D。
26．B
27．C
28．B
29．D
30．c
完形(2)
21.A 22.C 23.B 24.D 25.D 26.B 27.A 28.C 29.B 30.C
完形填空(3)
21.B 22.A 23.D 24.C 25.C 26.B 27.C 28.A 29.D 30.A
完形填空(4)
31.B 32.C 33.D 34.A 35.B 36.C 37.A 38.B 39.D 40.C
完形填空(5)
31.C 32.B 33.A 34.B 35.C 36.A 37.B 38.A 39.D 40.C
2009高考英语阅读式填空
?阅读下列短文，根据短文内容填空，每空不超过3个词。
A recent study shows that nearly 50percent of the school kids in Beijing do not have breakfast. They tend to feel sleepy all day and have bad memories, so it is hard for them to get high marks in all kinds of tests.
Some students who study deep into the night choose to miss breakfast so that they can have a few extra minutes in bed. Others are given money to buy their breakfast on the way to school because their parents are too busy to prepare it for them. In addition, a few school girls want to stay slim and often go to school without breakfast.
In fact the morning meal plays an important part. It can provide30percent of the whole day’s energy. For a creative mind and better judgment, school kids should start their days with a regular breakfast.
Reason
Result
Suggestions
1.They___________late at night studying and want to stay in bed_______.
1.They__________feel sleepy all day.
1.The morning meal is________，which provides30%of the day’s________.
2.The parents give them money to buy breakfast.
2.They usually have________.
2.It is useful for______ thinking and better________.
3.Some girls want to________ and go to school without breakfast.
3.It’s hard for them to___________ in all kinds of exams.
3.School kids should start their day with a good breakfast.
Keys:1 stay up 2 for a while 3 keep slim 4 tend to 5 bad memories 6 get high marks
7important 8energy 9 creative 10 judgment
阅读短文，根据所读内容在文后的空格里填上适当的单词或短语。注意：每空不超过3个单词。
Quality after-school programs are designed to improve academic performance, decrease youth crimes and other high-risk behaviors, and help young people grow into healthy, successful adults.
The effect of quality after-school programs on academic performance is clear. Studies show that students who take part in such programs show better work habits, higher rates of homework completion, improved grades, and higher scores on achievement tests. They also have fewer absences and are less likely to blame. After-school programs also influence high-risk teen behavior. Various studies show decreased rates of crime, drug use, and teen sex among youth who join in well-run after-school programs when compared to similar youth who do not. Finally, after-school programs play an important role in supporting the following fields of development: physical development, mental development and social development. Thus, one can safely say that after-school programming is an effective method to help young people become contributing members of society.
Although there is enough proof from both small and large assessments that after-school programs can make a positive difference, it is important to note that not all programs are equal. First, dosage（时量）matters —young people who attend the most hours over the most years benefit more than members who attend less often or over a shorter period of time. Next, after-school programs make a bigger difference for those students who need help most and have the fewest choices. Finally, program qualities matter. After-school programs work best when they create unique opportunities for youth. They should provide opportunities, skill building meaningful involvement（参与）, expression suggestion, service, and work. Staff characteristics make an important difference in the quality of a program. The adults should treat youth as partners, create safe and fair environment, encourage personalized（个性化的）involvement, and actively create learning opportunities. In short, although after-school programs have promising future, how they are designed and run matters.
Title: ___1____
___2____
?
·improving academic performance
·________3.__________ and high-risk behaviors
· helping young people grow into healthy ,successful adults
?
?
?
?
?
Effects
?
. ______________4_________________
·better work habits
·higher rates of homework completion
·improved grades and higher scores
·fewer absences and _______5._______
?
?
_____8._______
· helping young people become contributing members of society
?
Decreasing high-risk teen behaviors
·decreased rates of crime, ______6.______，
and teen sex among youth
________________ 7_________________
·physical development
·mental development
·social development
?
___ 9___
·dosage
_________ 10_________
·quality
Conclusion
·How to design and run the program is very important
Answers:1. Quality After-school Programme
2 purposes
3 decreasing youth crimes
4 Improved academic performance
5 less blame
6 drug use
7overall development
8 results
9 assessments
10 student difference
（C）
阅读短文，根据所读内容在文后的空格里填上适当的单词或短语。注意：每空不超过3个单词。
It is December thirty-first, 2004, the time when the old year dies and the New Year is born.
Many Americans have parties at home and invite all their friends .Many of these events are noisy。People shout and sing. They often blow on small noisemakers when the New Year arrives at midnight. They kiss their husband or wife or the person they are with. They dance to music. Other Americans spend a quiet evening at home .They drink Champagne at midnight to welcome the New Year. Some people drink too much alcohol at New Year’s Eve celebrations .This can lead to tragic results if a person drinks too much and then drives a car. The National Safety Council says hundreds of people die in road accidents during the holiday.
In recent years ,the danger of accidents has resulted in a new tradition called the “designated driver” One person among a group of friends drinks little or no alcohol during New Year’s Eve celebrations. Then this designated driver can safely drive the other people home. Many American cities also offer free taxi service on New Year’s Eve to take people home safely.
Other Americans observe the coming of the New Year at events without alcohol .More than 220 American cities hold thesse First Night celebrations. Artists in Boston Massachusetts started the tradition of First Night celebrations. In 1976.They wanted to observe the coming of a New Year. But they did not want to hold noisy drinking parties. So they organized, music, art and other events to observe the holiday.
How Americans Observe New Year’s Day
Ways to celebrate
Celebrations with alcohol
Celebrations without alcohol
76_________
At home
At theatres or 83_______
Activities
Drinking parties with 78_______
Attending music 84______ or art 85____________
Making very 79_________
Kissing each other
Dancing to music
Main problems
Many deaths on the road 80___________ drink-and-drive
None
Ways 77__________ the problem
Making arrangements for some people not 81_____ so as to drive others home safely
None
82____ free taxi service to take people home safely
76 places 77 to solve /of solving 78 friends 79 loud noises 80 caused by/resulted from 81 to drink(wine/alcohol) 82 offering 83 museums 84 concerts 85 shows/exhibitions
2009年高考NMET 名词性从句考点归纳
在复合句中起名词作用的从句叫做名词性从句。名词性从句包括主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。名词性从句一直是高考的重要考点之一。通过对近几年高考试题的分析，笔者总结出对名词性从句的考查主要有以下六个方面：
考点一：考查名词性从句的引导词 that 与 what 的区别
考例（ 1 ）： _______we can't get seems better than _______we have.（NMET1996）
A. What； what B. What； that C. That； that D. That； what
（注：划线的选项为最佳答案）
分析：在名词性从句中 that 与 What 的区别是： that 在从句中不充当句子成分，只起连接作用；而 what 不仅起连接作用，而且也可充当句子成分。此题考查了两个名词性从句：主语从句和宾语从句， what 在这两个名词性从句中都作宾语。
考例 （2）：It worried her a bit _________her hair was turning grey.
A. while B. if C. that D. for
分析：句首的先行词 It 作形式主语，真正的主语是后面的从句“ that her hair was turning grey”。 此句也可以改为： That her hair was turning grey worried her a bit. that 在主语从句中不充当句子成分，只起连接作用。
考点二：考查名词性从句中的 it 作形式主语或形式宾语
考例 （1）：_______is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language.（NMET1995）
A. There B. This C. That D. It
分析：在名词性从句中为了保持句子的平衡，往往用先行词 it 作形式主语或形式宾语，而把真正的主语和宾语放到后面，尤其是 that 引导的主语从句往往用先行词 it 作形式主语。此句也可以改写为： That English is being accepted as an international language is a fact.
考例（ 2 ） ：I hate _______when people talk with their mouths full. （NMET1998）
A. it B. that C. this D. them
分析：此题考查用先行词 it 作形式宾语，而把真正的宾语从句（也可认为是同谓语从句）放到后面。其他代词均不能作形式主语或形式宾语。
考点三：考查名词性从句的语序
考例： The photographs will show you _______. （NET1989）
A. what does our village look like B . what our village looks like
C. how does our village look like D. how our village looks like
分析：在名词性从句中，关联词要提到句首，句子用陈述句语序。当关联词含有疑问的意义时，考生受习惯影响往往会错误地使用疑问句语序。克服这种错误的关键是要找准从句中的主语和谓语。本题中引导词 what 作介词 like 的宾语，而副词 how 不能作介词 like 的宾语，所以排除 C 、 D ；而 A 项是疑问句语序，故只能选 B .
考点四：考查名词性从句的引导词 whether 与 if 及 that 的区别
考例： _______we'll go camping tomorrow depends on the weather .（NMET1996）
A. If B. Whether C. That D. Where
分析： whether 与 if （意为“是否”）的区别是：在引导宾语从句时两者可以互换，但引导介词后边的宾语从句或从句后面紧跟 or not 时只能用 whether， 而不能用 if .在引导主语从句、表语从句和同位语从句时，只能用 whether， 而不能用 if ，例如：
1.Whether it is true remains a problem. 这件事是否真实还是个问题。
2.What the doctors really doubt is whether my mother will recover from the serious disease soon. （上海 2001 ）医生真正怀疑的是我母亲能否很快从重病中恢复过来。
3.I am in doubt whether I should agree to the plan. 我不知道自己是否该同意这项计划。
注：以上三句分别为主语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。只能用 whether 引导，不能用 if .
4.Could you tell us whether/if it snows in winter in Australia？ 你能告诉我们在澳大利亚冬天下雪吗？（在引导宾语从句时， whether 和 if 可以互换）
5.Everything depends on whether we have enough time. 一切取决于我们是否有足够的时间。（介词后边的宾语从句只能用 whether 引导）
6.I don't know whether or not he'll come. 我不知道他来不来。（从句中有 or not 时，不能用 if ）
考点五：从句中的“疑问词 +ever” 引导的从句与“ no matter+ 疑问词”引导的从句的区别
考例（ 1 ） ：________leaves the room last ought to turn off the lights.（NET1988）
A. Anyone B. The person C. Whoever D. Who
分析： Whoever 引导的是主语从句，强调“无论谁”，它在主语从句中作主语，相当于 anyone who 或 the person who. 如果要选 A 或 B ，必须在它们后面再加上引导定语从句的关系代词 who. 如果选 D 就体现不出“无论谁”的含义了。
考例（ 2 ） ：Sarah hopes to become a friend of ___shares her interests. （上海 1995 ）
A. anyone B. whomever C. whoever D. no matter who
分析：“疑问词 +ever ”引导的名词性从句与“ no matter+ 疑问词”引导的从句的区别是：前者既可以引导名词性从句也可以引导让步状语从句，后者只能引导让步状语从句。首先排除 A 和 D ，又因为从句中缺少的是主语，故排除 B .
考点六：考查名词性从句中的虚拟语气
考例： It is necessary that a college student _______at least a foreign language （ 上海 1993）
A. masters B. should master C. mastered D. will master
分析： It 作形式主语， that 引导的主语从句中的谓语动词要用虚拟语气。
具体有以下几个方面：
1 .在主语从句中用来表示惊奇、怀疑、惋惜、理应如此等，谓语动词要用虚拟语气“ （should）+do”。 常用的句型有： It is necessary （important， natural， strange， etc.） that…It is a pity （a shame， no wonder， etc.）that… It is suggested （requested， proposed， desired， etc.）that… 例如：
It is strange that she （should）think so. 真奇怪，她竟然这么想。
It is necessary that he （should）be sent there at once. 应该马上派他去那里。
It is suggested that Mr. Wang give a performance at the party. 有人建议王先生在晚会上演个节目。
2 .谓语动词是表示建议、请求、命令、要求、坚持等及物动词时，其后边的宾语从句要用虚拟语气。常用的这类动词有 suggest， propose， move， insist， desire， demand， request， order， command 等，谓语动词要用虚拟语气“ （should）+do” .例如：
I insist that she （should）do her work alone. 我坚持要她自己完成工作。
The commander ordered that troops （should）set off at once. 司令员命令部队马上出发。
3 .主语是 suggestion， proposal， request， idea 等表示建议、请求、命令、要求、决定等意义的名词时，表语从句和同位语从句中的谓语动词要用虚拟语气“ （should）+do ”。例如：
My idea is that another meeting （should）be held to discuss the problem. 我建议再开一次会来讨论这个问题。
They received orders that the work（should） be finished by the end of this month. 他们接到了本月底完成这项工作的命令
分析下列各句：
1. That the earth is round is true. = It is true that the earth is round.
2. Whether he will come hasn’t been decided. = It hasn’t been decided whether he will come.
3. Who let out the news remained unknown. = It remained unknown who let out the news.
4. Why he didn’t come here is not clear to anyone. = It is not clear to anyone why he didn’t come here.
5. Whenever the Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not known yet.
一．名词性从句简介
1、主语从句
主语从句在从句中作主语，主语从句可以位于句首，但常见的主语从句多放在句末，句首则用形式主语it。
注意：连词that, whether在从句中不担任句子成分，只起连接作用，不能省略。并且whether引导主语从句时不能用if代替。
注意：who, which, how, when, where, why在所引导的主语从句中可担任主语，宾语，状语，不能省略。可以用形式主语it引导。
注意：who, whom, which, what等可以和ever构成合成词，引导主语从句和宾语从句。此类主语从句不能用it引导，引导词在句中担任句子成分，不能省略。
另外，有的“It …＋主语从句”已成为固定结构。如：
a. It is +名词＋从句 It is a pity that we can’t go.
b. It is ＋形容词＋从句 It is clear that Tom has returned.
c. It is ＋过去分词＋从句 It is said / reported / believed / known …
主语从句不可位于句首的五种情况：
(1）It is said /reported…结构中的主语从句不可提前。例如：
It is said that President Jiang will visit our school next week.
That President Jiang will visit our school next week is said. ×
(2）It happens/occurs…结构中的主语从句不可提前。例如：
It occurred to him that he failed in the examination.
That he failed in the examination occurred to him. ×
(3）It doesn’t matter how/whether …结构中的主语从句不可提前。例如：
It doesn’t matter whether he is wrong or not.
Whether he is wrong or not doesn’t matter. ×
(4）含主语从句的复合句是疑问句时，主语从句不可提前。例如：
Is it likely that it will rain in the evening?
Is that will rain in the evening likely? ×
(5) if引导的主语从句
Does it matter if he can’t finish the job on time?
If she likes the present is not clear to me. ×
?/P>
1．I don’t know what I was thinking of. I wonder if I might give you a necklace. .
2. I expect （that）I shall be back on Sunday.
3. He doesn’t want it to be known that he is going away.
4. I consider it necessary that he should do it again.
5. I don’t think he will see you. I don’t believe he will go.
6. We don’t expect he is coming. I don’t think he can do it, can he?
7. I don’t think he can do it, can he? I don’t think you are right, are you?
8. I insisted that he （should）do it at once. She suggested that the work （should）be finished at once.
9. The teacher is satisfied with what I said.
10. I’m afraid that I will be late. I’m glad that you passed the exam.
2、宾语从句
在复合句中用作宾语的从句是宾语从句
1） 作动词宾语
在口语中，that引导宾语从句时常常省略。但两个that从句并列时后边的that一般不省略。
若有补语，则宾语从句要放到补语之后，在宾补前用形式宾语it.
在think, believe, suppose, expect等动词之后，宾语从句中谓语的否定常转移到主句的谓语上。如：
注：此种用法主句的主语必须是第一人称I或we. 而且它的反意疑问句的助动词由从句的助动词来定。
在suggest, insist, demand, order, require 等表示建议，命令，要求的动词后，从句的谓语动词要用虚拟语气。如：
2） 作介词宾语
3） 作afraid, glad, certain, sure等形容词的宾语。
1. The rumour that there will be an earthquake soon spread all over the area.
2. They have no hope that he will recover.
3. I have no idea where they have gone.
4. Suddenly the thought came to me that he could go blind.
比较：The news that our team won the game is true.
The news that you have heard isn’t true.
The news is that our team won the game.
3．同位语从句
如果担任同位语的是个句子，则这个句子是同位语从句。同位语从句表示先行名词的具体内容，能跟同位语从句的名词常见的有news, idea, belief, doubt, fact, rumour, question, order, hope, thought, reply, problem, reason等。
引导同位语从句常用连词that，它在句中不担任句子成分，没有词意。除that外，还有whether, when, where, who, what, which, why, how等。可以引导同位语从句。同位语从句与先行名词有时也可以分开。
注：同位语从句与定语从句的区别：
（1）同位语从句的先行名词极为有限，而定语从句的先行词则不计其数。
（2）引导同位语从句的连词that在句中不担任句子成分，而引导定语从句的that则在从句中作主语，宾语等。（引导同位语从句的wh一词多具有疑问意义，而引导定语从句的wh一词则没有疑问意义。
（3）同位语从句与先行名词是等同关系，一个具体，一个抽象，两者常可以转述为主表关系，而定语从句与先行词是修饰与被修饰关系。
（4）when和where引导的同位语从句与定语从句的区别。
when 和where前面的名词若是表示时间、地点的名词，则when和where引导的是定语从句，否则则为同位语从句。如：
They put forward the question where they could get the money.
This is the place where the accident happened.
1. The problem is where we can hold our meeting 问题是我们可以在哪儿举行会议。
2. It seems that everything goes smoothly .似乎一切都进行得很顺利。
3. The cause is that the temperature of water is lower that needed .
其原因是水的温度低于所需要的温度。
4. That is what he really wants .那就是他真想要的东西。
4．表语从句
在句子中担当表语的主谓结构称之为表语从句。它常位于句中联系动词或是起联系动词作用的动词之后.
1. be, seem, look等动词后均可跟表语从句：
It seems that it is going to rain.
It looks as if it is going to rain.
2. as if, because 也可引导表语从句。
It was because I got up late.
二、名词性从句难点强化
1：表命令建议 的名词后的表语从句。
在order,(命令），suggestion, advice(建议）等的名词后的表语从句中，谓语动词要用虚拟语气，即：”should+动词原形“，should 常可省。
如：His suggestion is that we (should) hold another meeting to discuss the problem.
2.that.whether的区别: that 用于表示肯定的意义，而whether表疑问。
I don’t doubt that he will win. (I’m sure)
It doesn’t matter
It makes no difference
It is uncertain
It is not made clear
It is still a question
It is not decided whether
It is to be found out
It is to be decided
I doubt/wonder/
have no idea/don’t know
3:名词性从句皆用陈述语序。
I wonder how much this pair of shoes costs.
I want to know where you had put my pen.
时态 :(与间接引语基本一致)
如果主句是现在时，从句时态可以不变，但如果主句是过去的时态，那么从句的时态一定要用相对应的过去的某种时态。当从句是客观真理,定义、公理、定理时用一般现在时。
宾： I know he lives here.
He asked whether his father would come back.
The teacher said that the earth travels around the sun.
表：That is what I was worried about two days ago.
It looked as if it was going to rain.
4:that 的省略
that引导名词性从句时只起连接从句的作用,本身没有任何意义,因此在从句中不充当任何句子成分,它的使用须注意以下几点:
①主语从句、表语从句、同位语从句中用that但不能省略。如：
That they are good at English is known to us all.
The problem is that we don’t have enough money.
She expressed the hope that they would come to China one day.
②宾语从句中的连接词that有时可省有时又不可省，在以下几种情况中that不能省略：（A）当that从句和主句谓语动词之间有插入词语或者从句主语之间有插入语时，that不可省略；（B）当that 从句与另一名词性从句并列作宾语时，that不能省；（C）当that作介词宾语时，that不可省掉。如：
He judged that, because he was a child, he did not understand wine.
Everyone knew what happened and that she was worried.
The reason lies in that she works harder than the others do.
D.当主语为the reason时,注意应用that 引导其表语从句,不能受汉语影响而误用because。例如:
The reason why he was late was that he missed the early bus. 他迟到的原因是他没赶上早班车.(此句中的that不可用because代替)
③that从句作主语和宾语时，可以用it 来替换成以下几种结构表达。
(A)It is clear/certain/likely/true/surprising that… （B）It is a pity/shame/good idea/no wonder that ...（C）It is said/reported/ believed/known/thought/suggested that … （D）It seems/happens that。如：
It happened that I went out last night.
It is said that China will win in the World Cup.
that引导主语从句位于句首时不可省略.如果it作形式主语,而that从句置于句末, 这时that可以省略。例如:
That he has lost his work is not true. 他丢了工作不是真的。
=It is not true (that) he has lost his work.
5: who, whoever, whom和whomever
在引导名词性从句时,在句中作主语时用who,意思是"谁",含有疑问意味,whoever是它的强语势"无论谁",不含有疑问意味。表示…..的人，相当于the person who,或anyone who
Whoever breaks the law will be punished.
注意区别：①疑问词 + ever可引导名词性从句，在主从句中要充当一定的部分。如：
Whoever breaks the rule must be punished.
You can choose whatever you like in the shop.
②疑问词 + ever还可引导让步状语从句。如：Whatever you do, you must do it well.
( = No matter what you do, you must do it well.)
Whoever breaks the rule, he must be punished,
(=No matter who breaks the law, he will be punished.)(让步状语，意为无论谁）
③ no matter + 疑问词只能引导让步状语从句。
作宾语时用whom, 其相应强语势为whomever。判别时要根据句意以及在句中的语法功能来决定该用哪个引导词。例如:
Who has taken away my bag is unknown.谁拿走了我的包还不知道。(若用Whoever显然句意不通)
Whoever wants to see this film can go with us tonight. 无论谁想看这部电影今晚可以和我们一起去.(Whoever wants 相当于Anybody who wants,意为"凡是想……的人"。这里不可换为Who。)
Have you decided whom you are to nominate as your candidate? 你们是否已经决定提名谁作候选人了?
You can give the ticket to whomever you like. 你可以把票给任何你想给的人。
6：because引导的表语从句
Because 可以引导表语从句，但通常只用于”This/That/It i/was because…”结构中
注意：在表语从句中,当reason做主语时,引导词只能用that,不能用because, 即the reason is that the reason (why…) is that如:
The reason was that he didn’t catch the early bus. 原因是因为他没有赶上早班车。
The reason why he is absent from work is that he is seriously ill.
7: 注意what/ that/ which引导词与定语从句的引导词的区别
what与which引导名词性从句时都在从句中充当句子的某一成份,如主语、表语、宾语或定语。
what 表示泛指的事物,常译为"什么"或"所……的事物",
what=all that, everything that在从句中作主，宾，表语。
I don’t believe what he said.(＝I don’t believe all that he said.)
whatever是它的强语势"无论什么"; 不能引导定语从句。
E.g: I believe what (whatever) he says. 我相信他说的(不管他说什么我都相信)。
that在所有的名词性从句中都不作任何成分。
That he is to take charge of our factory is already an open secret.
which表示特定事物中的"哪一个(些)",一般情况下在从句中充当定语,后接名词,在一定的语境中,它所修饰的名词可以省略,whichever是它的强语势"无论哪一个(些)"。在名词性从句中加上名词做主语宾语 eg: I don’t know which answer is right.
"I will give her which (whichever) book she likes on the shelf. 这个书架上的(任何一本)书,只要她喜欢,我都会给她。
在定语从句中，单独做主语宾语 eg: I see a film which was popular in the past.
that 引导名词性从句时，在主从句中不以当任何句子成分，也没有任何含义；eg: I knew that I was wrong.
在定语从句中 作宾语主语 eg: I get the very news that is important to me.
名词性从句?典型错误例析
一、that与what混用 1.?误：The?news?about?him?is?that?we?want?to?know. 正：The?news?about?him?is?what?we?want?to?know. 析：that在名词性从句中只起连接作用，不作句子成分，而what通常作主语、表语或宾语，且有“……的”之意。 2.?误：That?he?said?left?us?much?to?think?about. 正：What?he?said?left?us?much?to?think?about. 二、whether与if混用 3.?误：I?don”t?care?about?if?he?comes. 正：I?don”t?care?about?whether?he?comes. 4.?误：If?he?will?come?to?the?meeting?isn”t?clear. 正：Whether?he?will?come?to?the?meeting?isn”t?clear. 析：whether可引导主语从句、表语从句和同位语从句，而if则不能。但在宾语从句中两者可以互换，如：I?haven”t?decided?whether/?if?I?will?attend?the?meeting. 三、漏掉连接词that 5.?误：He?didn”t?come?here?is?known?to?us?all. 正：That?he?didn”t?come?here?is?known?to?us?all. 析：引导同位语从句的连接词that不能省略。 6.?误：He?didn”t?come?here?is?known?to?us?all. 正：That?he?didn”t?come?here?is?known?to?us?all. 析：主语从句作主语时，必须有连接代词或连接副词来引导，而且它们都不能省略。 四、主谓不一致 7.?误：What?we?need?are?time. 正：What?we?need?is?time. 析：主语从句作主语，谓语动词是系动词时，根据表语来确定谓语的形式。又如：What?we?need?are?books. 8.?误：Who?did?that?is?known?to?us,?did”t?he. 正：Who?did?that?is?known?to?us,?isn”t?he. 析：含有主语从句的复合句的附加疑问句，主语用it，谓语与主语一致。 五、与定语从句混淆 9.?误：The?news?which?our?team?has?won?the?game?is?true. 正：The?news?that?our?team?has?won?the?game?is?true. 析：误句实际上把它当成了定语从句，在定语从句中关系代词that或which必须作从句的主语或宾语，而在名词性从句中that只起连接作用，不作任何句子成分，which不能用在同位语从句中，但可以用于其他类型的从句中，且有“哪一个”之意。如：There?are?all?kinds?of?books.?We?really?don”t?know?which?one?to?choose.
2009年高考英语定语从句
定语从句 一： 先行词： 被定语从句所修饰的词 二： 关系代词：用来连接定语从句，并在从句中代表先行词的代词。 先行词是物： which? that 先行词是人： who??? that 在从句中的作用： 主语、宾语、表语 e.g. They had a radio. / It could send out messages. ?? They had a radio which/ that could send out message. (主语) The girl is my best friend. /? She spoke just now.
? The girl who/ that spoke just now is my best friend. （主语） He always buys some books. / He never read them. ?? He always buys some books (which/ that) he never read. (宾语)
注意点： 1.） 定语从句一般直接跟在先行词的后面： e.g. The man who lives next door sells vegetables. ?? The man sells vegetables who lives next door. ( × ) ?? The car which my uncle just bought was destroyed in the earthquake. ?? The car was destroyed in the earthquake which my uncle just bought. ( × ) 2．）关系代词在从句中作宾语时可以省略： e.g. The young man ( who ) you saw was our manager. ?? There is something ( that ) we must keep in mind. 3.) 关系代词在从句中作介词的宾语时，介词常可以提前，但介词提前时， 关系代词只能用which 或 whom e.g. The man is a famous runner. / You talked to him just now. The man to whom you talk just now is a famous runner. The chair is made of wood. /? He is sitting on it now. The chair on which he is sitting now is made of wood. He is a library assistant. / I borrowed some books from him. He is a library assistant from whom I borrowed some books. It is a famous school. / He graduated from it 3 years ago. It is a famous school from which he graduated 3 years ago. The service should be improved. / The students complain a lot about it. ?The service about which the students complain a lot should be improved. 有一些动词短语中的介词是固定搭配，不可以拆开，一般还是放在动语之后，不提前： e.g. He is the student. / The teachers are looking for him. He is the student who the teachers are looking for. ?? The number of the children is 30. / She takes care of the children. The number of the children who she takes care of is 30. ? 三： whose 的用法： 的”时，它既可以修饰指人的先行词，也可以修饰指物的先行词。((关系代词与其后的名词构成所有格，即“ e.g. The girl is my daughter. / Her work got the first prize. The girl whose work got the first prize is my daughter. ? Do you know anyone? / His family is in Xi’an. ? The book is not mine. / The cover of it is red. ? I live in the room. / The windows of it face south. ? The chair has been repaired. / The leg of it was broken. 四：限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句： 限制性定语从句：主句和从句不隔开，从句不能省略，否则就会失掉意义不能成立。 He is reading a book which is too difficult for him. Here is the boy who damaged the glass. 非限制性定语从句：主句和从句用逗号隔开，从句对修饰的部分起到进一步说明的作用，拿掉后其它部分的语意仍保持完整。 e.g. The book is written by Guo Jinming,? who is only 19 years old. Bob’s father, who was an engineer, spent 4 years in Egypt. Shanghai, which is developing fast, has become one of world’s trade center. 注意点： 非限制性定语从句不能用that引导. e.g. She is very fond of French, which indeed she speaks quite well. which还可以用来指代上文中的一件事情. e.g. Their house is washed away by the floods, which made them very sad. He lost his job finally, which was exactly what we wanted.? 介词＋which: The picture ______ he paid $100 was once owned by a king. Can you think of a situation ________ this word can be used? I’m grateful to him for that advice, ______ I owed all my success.
关系副词： when?? where?? why 当先行词是表示时间的名词，用when，在定语从句中充当时间状语，这时一般可以用介词＋which来代替: e.g. I will never forget the day./ I went to university on that day. I will never forget the day when/ on which I went to university. He still remember the morning. / The earthquake happened on that morning. He still remember the morning when/ on which the earthquake happened.
当先行词是表示地点的名词，用where，在定语从句中充当地点状语，这时一般可以用介词＋which来代替: e.g. This is the house. / He used to live in the house. This is the house where/ in which he used to live. I know of a place. / We can swim in that place. I know of a place where/ in which we can swim. Is there any shop around? / I can buy a pen in the shop. Is there any shop around where/ in which I can buy a pen.
先行词是表示原因的名词，即reason，用why，在定语从句中充当原因状语，这时一般可以用for ＋which来代替: e.g. I don’t know the reason. / He did it for this reason. I don’t know the reason why/ for which he did it. The reason was not clear. / He was fired for it. The reason why/ for which he was fired was not clear.
注意点： 当表示时间、地点和原因的名词在从句中不是作状语，而是在从句中作主语或宾语时，还是应用which/ that
e.g. This is the date _______ we’re proud of. This is the date _______ he was born. I will never forget the time ______ we spent together. This is the factory _______ my mother works. This is the factory _______ we visited last week. Is this factory??????? you visit last week? A.?the one? B. where? C. which? D. that
This factory is the one (that/ which) you visit last week. I don’t believe the reason _____ he gave for his decision. Another reason _______ he made this decision is that he had to consider the feelings of others.
关系词的选择 Ａ．只用that a.当先行词是不定代词，如all, everything, anything, nothing, much, few, little, none, the one等 All that can be done has been done. I didn’t mean this one; I mean the one that was bought yesterday.
b.先行词（指物的）前面有only, few, one of, little, no, all, every, very等词修饰时 There’s no difficulty that we can’t overcome. I’ve read all the books that can be borrowed here.
c.先行词被序数词first, last, next等或形容词的最高级修饰时 This is the first letter that I’ve written in Japanese. She is the most careful girl that I’ve ever known.
d.当先行词既有人又有物时 They talked about the teachers and schools that they had visited. The speaker talked of some writers and books that were unknown to us.
e.当先行词是系动词be后面的表语或关系词本身是从句的表语时 China isn’t the country that she used to be 50 years ago. He is no longer the man that he used to be. It’s a book that will help you a great deal.
f．当主句是以who, which或what开头的特殊疑问句时 Who is the man that is waiting at the bus stop? Which is the car that overtook us yesterday?
g. 当主句以There be…结构开头时，或关系代词在there be…结构中作实义主语，先行项为物 There is a seat in the corner that is still free. There are two tickets of the film that are for you. The 9.15 is the fastest train that there has ever been.
h. 当先行词是what时 What did you hear that made you so angry?
i.当先行词是基数词时 Yesterday I caught two fish and put them in a basin of water. Now you can see the two that are still alive.
B. 只用which a. 在非限制性定语从句，充当主语或定语 They have three houses, which are built of stone. b. 当关系代词前有介词时 This is the factory in which we once worked. We study in the classroom of which the doors face south. c．当先行词本身that是时 What’s that which flashed in the sky just now? d. 当关系代词后面带有插入语时 Here is the English grammar book which, as I have told you, will help improve your English. I’ve bought you some books which I think may interest you.
C.只用who不用that a.先行词是one, ones或anyone时 One who does not work hard will never succeed. Anyone who breaks the law should be punished. She is the only one of the students who has been to the USA. b.先行词为those 或被those修饰，指人时 Those who learn not only from books but also through practice will succeed. c.在以there be…的句子中，先行词为人时 There is a comrade outside who wants to see you. d. 当定语从句中又有定语从句，且先行项都为人时 The student that won the first prize is the monitor who works hard. e.当指人的先行项被一些指物的名词修饰时 There ‘s only one student in the school who I want to see. Do you know the woman in blue with a baby on her back who is working in the fields? f. 在非限制性定语从句中指人 I met a friend of mine in the street, who had just come from America. g.定语从句中有插入语时, 并不影响关系代词和副词的选择。 Jackson is a man who I believe is honest. He won another award, which I think is the result of his hard work.
D.在定语从句中，whose作定语， 其先行项既可以是人，又可以是物 Lei Feng was a great communist fighter whose death was weightier than Mount Tai. Where’s the window whose glass is broken? E. 在定语从句，关系副词when, where, why与关系代词which, that的关系 July 1st, 1921 is the day that/which we Chinese should always remember. This is the place that/which they visited last year. Please give me a reason that/which could account for your absence. I still remember the day when(=on which) I joined the army. This is the room where(=in which) Luxun once lived. Another reason why(=for which) he works hard is that he has pass the exam. F.? as, which的比较 a.在非限制性定语从句中，均可替代整个主句或句中某个部分，在从句中作主语，宾语，表语．如从句在主句之后，两者皆可用 They failed in the exam, as/which is natural. She seems a scientist, as/which in fact she is. Grammar is not a set of dead rules, which/as I have said before.
b.如从句在主句之前，用as As we all know, his parents were killed in this war. As is known to all, the earth travels around the sun. c.如关系代词代表主句全句意思，有＂正如．．．＂＂就象．．．＂之意时，用as We won the match, as we had expected. He agreed to the plan, as was to be expected. d. 当先行项被the same, such, so修饰时，用as This is the same book as you bought yesterday.同类书 (比较：This is the same book that you bought yesterday.同一本书) Don’t believe in such men as praise you to your face. I never give my students so difficult a question as no one can work out. e. 当从句内容对主句内容起消极作用，则用which The young man cheated his friend out of much money, which was disgraceful.
???????????????????? ??????????????? 定语从句小结
. as 也可以用来引导非限制性定语从句， 用来指待一件事，这时它的位置可以放在句首、句中和句尾。 e.g. He is an American, as/which we know from his accent. ?? As we know from his accent, he is an American. ?? He, as we know from his accent, is an American. ?? As has been said above, grammar is not a set of dead rules. Grammar, as has been said above, is not a set of rules. Grammar is not a set of dead rules, as/which has been said above. ?? 正如: As everyone knows, as you may still remember, as you said, as I can see, as has been mentioned above, as you may have heard, and etc.
定语从句的练习： I passed him a glass of whiskey, ______ he drank at once. He spoke to me in a way _______ I don’t at all like. It is a famous university ________ he graduated 3 years ago. Are you the lady ______ asked for help? The service __________ students complain a lot should be improved. He works in a college ______ students are all women. The picture ______ he paid $100 was once owned by a king. Can you think of a situation ________ this word can be used? We can see very clearly the method ______ the computers work. _______ he introduced just now, Dr. Baker is an expert in Biology. I’m grateful to him for that advice, ______ I owed all my success. This is the famous star ______ photos are on this magazine. The science of medicine, ________ progress has been very rapid lately, is perhaps the most important of all the science.
定语从句的用法
(一)定语从句的作用
作用
在句子中作定语,修饰句子中的某一名词或代词,从句须放在先行词之后。
关联词
关联词用于引导一个定语从句,代替先行词在从句中充当一定的成分。
(二)关系代词的作用
作用
例????? 句
1.作主语
1.?????? The student who is talking with the monitor is Lucy.（指人作主语）
2.?????? A dictionary is a book which gives the meaning of words.（指物作主语）
2.作表语
3.She is no longer the girl that she used to be.（指人作表语）
3.作宾语
4The student whom (who)you want to see has come already.（指人作宾语）
5.The letter which I received yesterday was from a friend of mine.（指物作宾语）
4.作定语
6.The girl whose mother is a teacher studies very hard.（指人作定语）
(三)须用that引导的定语从句
情???????????? 况?
例??????? 句
nothing,everything,anything,much, all,little等不定代词作先行词时，常用that引导从句.something两者均可。
Is there anything that I can do for you?
2.指物的先行词前被序数词修饰时。
The first thing that we should do is to help him.
3.指物的先行词前被形容词最高级修饰时。
This is the best foreign film that I have ever seen.
4.指物的先行词前被the very, the only, the same修饰时。
That’s the very tool that we are looking for.
5.先行词既指人又指物时。
They talked about the things and friends that they could remember.
6.主句是由Who/Which引导的特殊疑问句时。
Who is the man that is standing over there?
Which is the tool that you are looking for?
(四).不可由that引导的定语从句
1.在非限制性定语从句中。
Mr Smith ,who lives in Chicago, is a? doctor .
2.关系代词在从句中作前置介词的宾语时。
This is the room in which Mr Liu once lived .
3.由that作先行词时。
The bread which is made by my mother is better than that which is sold in food shops.
4.someone.somebody,nobody,anyone,anybody,everyone,everybody等指物的不定代词作先行词时。
Anyone who breaks the law will be punished.
（五）.非限制性定语从句的特点：1.不能用that引导定语从句。2.关系代词不能省略。
（六）关系副词的用法：关系副词代替先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当状语。
1．? When指代表示时间的先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当时间状语。例如：
October 1，1949 was the day when（=on which） the People’s Republic of China was founded.
2．? Where指代先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当地点状语。例如：
We will visit the house where(=in which)Lu Xun was born.
3.?????? why代替先行词在定语从句中与相应的介词一起充当原因状语.例如:
Who can tell me the reason why(=for which) Tom was absent today?
配套定语从句专练：
1.The man_____talked to you just now is an engineer of the computer company.
A.who?? ????????B.which?? ????????C.where??? ?????D.when
2.I still remember the days_____we studied together in the school.
A.that?? ????????B.which? ?????????C.where?? ??????D.when
3.After living in Paris for fifty years he returned to the small village____he grew up.
A.which? ???????B.where? ?????????C.that??? ????????D.when
4.Can you tell me the name of the factory____you visited last week?
A.what?? ???????B.where??? ??????C./????? ??????????D.when
5.Is this the house _____Shakespare was born?
A.at which ??????B.which? ????????C. at where ????????D. in which
6.In the dark street,there wasn’t a single person____she could turn for help.
A. that? ????????B. who?? ????????C. from whom ??????D. to whom
7.All_____is needed is a supply of oil.
A .the thing? ?????B. that? ????????C. what? ???????????D. which
8.Corn was not the only food_____was taken to Europe.
A. which? ????????B. who ?????????C. / ??????????????D. that
9.Look at the man and his horse____are walking up the street.
A. which?? ???????B. who ?????????C. what? ??????????D. that
10.She is no longer the student ____she used to be.
A. who?? ????????B. whom? ???????C. which ??????????D. that
11.I don’t like_____you speak to her.
A. ?the way? ?????B. the way in that ?????C. the way which ?????D. the way of which
12.He paid the boy 10 yuan for washing ten windows,most of____hadn’t been cleaned
A .there ??????????B. those? ???????????C. that? ?????????????D. which
13.Mr Green has two daughters,both of____are doctors.
A. them ??????????B. whom? ??????????C. who?? ???????????D. that
14.Whose is this book? the cover_____is blue?
A. whose?? ???????B. its??? ??????????C. which ????????????D. of which
15.I like to live in the house _____windows face south
A. which? ????????B. of which? ???????C. whose ????????????D. where
16.His parents would’t let him marry anyone____family was poor.
A/ of whom??? ???B. whom? ??????????C. of whose? ????????D. whose
17.In Sydeny, the Chinese team got 28gold medal,______were won by women.
A.18 of which ????B.18 of that? ????????C.which of 18? ??????D.18 in which
18.Abraham Lincoln, ____ was born in Kenturkey ,studied law in his spare time and later became President of the? USA.
A.what??? ??????B.who??? ??????????C.whom? ????????????D.which
19.Those _______ have any questions please put up your hands.
A.which?? ??????B.that??? ??????????C.whom? ?????????????D.who
20．Anyone______ breaks the law will be punished.
A. whoever???????? B.whom??????? C.? who??????????? D.no matter who
?
?
Keys:1-5:ADBCD 6-10:DBDDD 11-15:ADBDC? 16-20:DABDC
2009年高考情态动词专练
Multiple choices:
1. If she had worked harder, she____
A: would succeed B: had succeeded
C: should succeed D: would have succeeded
2 The plant is dead. I ____it more water.
A: will give B: would have given
C: must give D: should have given
3.Why didn't you tell me there was no meeting today? I ________ all the way here through
the heavy snow.
needn't have driven B. can't have driven
C. must have driven D. shouldn't have driven
4. We ____for her because she never came.
A: needn’t wait B: shouldn’t have waited
C: mustn’t wait D: mustn’t have waited
5. you____ return the book now. You can keep it till next week if you like.
A: can’t B: mustn’t C: needn’t D: may not
6. Where is my pen? I ____ it.
A: might lose B: would have lost C: should have lost D: must have lost
7.He ____ you more help, even though he was very busy.
A: might have given B: might give
C: may have given D:both Aand C
8.. Janny _____ have kept her word. I wonder why she changed her mind.
A: must B: should C: need D: would
9. The room is in terrible mess; it _________ cleaned.
can't have been B) shouldn't have been
C) mustn't have been D) wouldn't have been
10.She was thankful that she'd had her baby in hospital; otherwise, she thought, the baby _____.
A) died B) had died C) might have died D) might die
11.You ______ all those calculations! We have a computer to do that sort of thing.
needn't have done B) shouldn't have done
C) must not have done D) cannot have done
12I'm not feeling well in the stomach, I _______ so much fried chicken just now.(2002,上海)
A.shouldn't eat B.mustn't have eaten
C.mustn't eat D.shouldn't have eaten
13.-There were already five people in the car，but they managed to take me as well.
-It _______ a comfortable journey.(NMET 1995)
A.can't be B.mustn't have been C.shouldn't D.couldn't have been
14.-Why! I couldn't get you on the phone this morning.
-We ________ tennis in the yard when you phoned me.
could be playing B. must be playing
C. must have been playing D. should have played
15.-We didn't see him at the lecture.
-Neither did anybody else. He ________ it.
A. may not have attended B. mustn't attend
C. can't have attended D. couldn't attend
16.-Do you still remember when we went to the Great Wall?
-I can't remember it well, but ________ it have been sometime last May?
A. should B. must C. could D. would
17. ..-I wonder why Mr Lin didn't come to work.
-I am afraid he ________ ill.
A. could be B.should have been C.must be D. might have been
18.She ________ the hospital so soon, for she hasn't yet recovered.
wouldn't have left B. shouldn't have left
C. needn't leave D. hadn't left
20..Put on more clothes. You ___________ be feeling cold with only a shirt on.
A. can B. could C. would D. must
key: 1-5:DDABC 6-10: DABAC 11-15: ADDCC 16-19: CDBD
Judge the following sentences to see if they are right. If not, try to correct it.
Plastics is often used to making all kinds of containers.
All the passengers could leave the ship in the lifeboats before the ship sank.
He dares not climb the high wall without any help.
Where there is no air, there may be no life.
May he be waiting for us at the gate?
---Might/ Could I borrow your typewriter please?
--- Of course, you might/ could.
--- Do you know where Jane was last night?
---She may have been in the night club.
They can’t leave. You see, their schoolbags are here.
Let’s hurry. They must wait for us.
He can have passed the test, but he wasn’t careful enough.
You didn’t need to telephone him. He has already known about it.
I slept until on Sunday, as I needn’t have gone to work.
A child need at least 9 or 10 hours’ sleep every day.
If you will keep to the rules here , you will do as you please.
The officer said to the solider: “You shall not leave your post before 10 o’clock.
情态动词在05年高考中
1. (北京卷)26. He __________ have completed his work; otherwise, he wouldn’t be enjoying himself by the seaside.
A. should B. must C. wouldn’t D. can’t
2. （山东卷）34. He paid for a seat, when he ______ have entered free.
A. could B. would C. must D. need
3. (广东卷)33. -- I've taken someone else's green sweater by mistake.
-- It ______ Harry's. He always wears green.
A. has to be B. will be C. mustn't be D. could be
4. （湖北卷）32．—Do you know where David is? I couldn’t find him anywhere.
—Well . He have gone far—his coat’s still here.
A．shouldn’t B．mustn’t C．can’t D．wouldn’t
5. （湖北卷）33．If I plan to do anything I wanted to ,I’d like to go to Tibet and travel through as much of it as possible.
A．would B．could C．had to D．ought to
6. （湖南卷）24. – Lucy doesn’t mind lending you her dictionary.
-- She ______ . I've already borrowed one.
A. can't B. mustn't C. needn't D. shouldn't
7. （湖南卷）31. The more I think about him, the more reasons I find for loving him ___ I did.
A. as much ms B. as long as C. as soon as D. as far as
8. (江西卷)22．—Tom is never late for work. Why is he absent today?
—Something ________ to him.
A．must happen B．should have happened
C．could have happened D．must have happened
9. （全国卷3）19．John, look at the time. ___________ you play the piano at such a late hour?
A．Must B．Can C．May D．Need
10. （全国卷1）26．Tom , you leave all your clothes on the floor like this !
A．wouldn’t B．mustn’t C．needn’t D．may not
11. （上海卷）27. There _________ be any difficulty about passing the road test since you have practiced a lot in the driving school.
A. mustn’t B. shan’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
12. （浙江卷）9. The World Wide Web is sometimes jokingly called the World Wide Wait because it _________be very slow.
A．should B．must C．will D．can
13. （重庆卷）33. I was on the highway when this oar west past followed by a police car. They ____ at least 150 kilometers an hour.
A. should have been doing B. must have been doing
C. could have done D. would have done
14. （天津卷）14. I _______have been more than six years old when the accident happened.
A. shouldn't B. couldn't C. mustn't D. needn't
15. （安徽卷）26. Helen ______ go on the trip with us, but she isn’t quite sure yet.
A. shall B. must C. may D. can
16. （辽宁卷）26．This cake is very sweet. You __________ a lot of sugar in it.
A．should put B．could have put C．might put D．must have put
17. (江苏卷)31. ---- The woman biologist stayed in Africa studying wild animals for 13 years before she returned.
---- Oh, dear! She _______ a lot of difficulties!
A. may go through B. might go through
C. ought to have gone through D. must have gone through
BADCB CADBB CDBBC DD
2009高考情态动词的用法
一．情态动词的基本用法
情态动词表示说话人对某一动作或状态的态度，它虽有一定的意义，但不能单独作谓语，其后必须接动词原形才能构成谓语。 ??? 1．表示请求、征求对方意见时用may， shall（用于第一人称）; can， could， would(用于各种人称)，其中could， would语气更加委婉一些。如： ??? May I keep the book for another week﹖ ?? ?Shall I open the door?
Could you tell me whom this bike belongs to﹖ ????Would you please let me have a look﹖ ??? 注意：对于may，can开头的问句，肯定回答时一般仍用may或can，否定回答时应根据项原说话人的语气来选用mustn’t或 can’t；而could，would开头的问句的回答时，则不可用could 和 would。
（1）---May we stay here for another two days?
---Yes, you may. | No,you can’t. (不，不可以) No, you mustn’t.（不，不允许） ??? （2）---Could I use your dictionary﹖ ??? ---＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿． ??? A． Yes， you could????? ? B． No， you couldn’t C．Of course， you could D．Certainly， help you to it（Key：D） ?2．表示“允许”时常用may， can。如： ??? You may／can take whatever you like in this room． ??? 这间屋子里的东西你想拿什么就可以拿什么。
3．表示“必须”常用must， have to. Must 更强调说话人的主观看法，而have to 表示的却是客观的需要。Have to 比must 有更多的时态形式。Must 开头的问句,否定回答用needn’t 或don’t have to .
??? I don’t like the bag. I must buy a new one.
The TV set is broken. I have to buy a new one.
You will have to walk home by yourself tomorrow.
—Must I finish the work before Saturday﹖ ??? —Yes，you must． （ No，you needn’t ／ don’t have to．） 4．can表示有能力做某事，它只有一般现在时和一般过去时两种时态。一般情况下可与be able to互换，但be able to比can 可用于更多的时态。如： ???I think the baby will be able to walk in another two months． ???另外，当表示过去成功地做成了某事时一般用was ／ were able to，而不用could。 如： ?? Luckily， everyone was able to escape from the fire．
5.表示“应该”时用should 和ought to
We should respect the elder.
6.情态动词在一般时否定句中的用法
can't(can not) 表示“不能”， may not 表示“可能不, 也许不”， mustn't(must not) 表示“一定不要”，“不许可”，needn't (need not) 表示“不必”，
I can’t promise you anything but I will do what I can.我不能答应你什么，但我会尽我所能
That may or may not be true. 这可能是真的，也可能不是。
You may ask him but he may not answer you. 你可以问他，但他也许不会回答你。
You mustn't criticize her in that way. 你不许那样批评她。
You needn't come tomorrow. 你明天没必要来了。
二．情态动词表猜测的用法：must , may ,might, can, could 都可以表示推测。
Must 表示“想必，一定”用于肯定句中，may might 表示“或许，也许”可用于肯定句、否定句中。否定句和疑问句中用can could , 表示“（不）可能”“会（吗）？”。其中might t和could 不表示时态，只是语气比can 和may 弱些。下面心must为例：
1.表示对现在或将来情况的推测、判断用“must + do ”
I have just dropped in on him. He must stay at home.我刚刚拜访过他。他现在一定呆在家里。
The man must be your head teacher.那人一定是你们的班主任
2.表示对过去的情况或已经发生的事情进行推测、判断用“must + have +done”
The road is wet. It must have rained last night.路上是湿的。昨晚一定下雨了。
I didn't hear the phone. I must have been asleep. 我刚才没有听到电话，我想必是睡着了。 The boy must have finished his homework. 那男孩想必已经完成了他的家庭作业了。
3.表示对现在正在进行情况进行推测、判断用“must + be +doing ”
The girl is not out. She must be doing her homework now.那小女孩没有出门。她现在一定在做家庭作业。
At this moment, our teacher must be correcting our exam papers. 这时，我们老师想必在批改试卷
4．表示对过去某时正发生的事情进行推测、判断用“must +have +been +doing“
---Why didn't you answer my phone call? 你为什么没有接电话？ ---Well, I must have been sleeping, so I didn't hear it. 我当时一定是在睡觉，所以没听到。
5．句子中含有表示猜测的情态动词时，其反意疑问句的构成不能再用原句中的情态动词，而应根据原句在去掉情态动词的情况下的主谓关系来确定其反问形式。如： The man in the white clothes must be a doctor，______ he﹖
He must have an uncle abroad， _________ he﹖
She must have seen the film before， ________she﹖
You must have met Uncle Wang in the shop yesterday， _______you﹖
举一反三：
I don't know where she is.She _________in Wuhan.我不知道他在哪儿，也许在武汉。
She_______________ to see her doctor last week, but I am not sure.
上星期或许她去看医生了，但我不敢肯定。
Don’t worry， your husband ________________ seriously. 别急，你丈夫也许伤得不厉害。
There is no light in the room. She___________at home now.
房间里没有灯光。她现在不可能在家里。
He _____________ at the office last night, for he had gone to a party at six in the afternoon.昨晚他不可能在办公室工作，因为在晚上六点他得参加一次聚会。
Ling Ling ____________the piano now. She went to the bookshop with her mother a few minutes ago.玲玲不可能在弹钢琴。几分钟前她和她母亲去书店了
情态动词表示"推测、判断"的用法专练
1.-Are you coming to Jeff's party?
-I'm not sure. I________go to the concert instead.(NMET 2000)
A. must B. would C. should D. might
2.The river is rising. It ________last night.
A.must be raining B.must rain C.might have rained D.must have rained
3.-Why! I couldn't get you on the phone this morning.
-We________tennis in the yard when you phoned.
A.must be playing B.could be playing C.must have played D.must have been playing
4.You must have seen the film last night,________you?
A.haven't B.mustn't C.didn't D.hadn't
5.This________be a woman's bag. It must be a man's.
A.needn't B.can't C.may not D.mustn't
6.________it be John who did it?
A.Will B.Can C.Would D.May
7.It rained every day during their holiday, so they________a very nice time.
A.wouldn't have had B.couldn't C.can't have had D.shouldn't have 8.Peter________come with us tonight, but he isn't very sure yet.
A. must B.may C.can D.will
9.Jenny must have won the match,________?
A.hasn't she B.doesn't she C.mustn't she D.can't she
10.Mr. Zhuo must be working in the office, ________he?
A.mustn't B.can't C.doesn't D.isn't
参考答案1-5:DDDCB 6-10:BCBAD
三．情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法
“情态动词＋完成式” 用于虚拟语气中多表示责备的感彩，具体用法如下： ??? 1．“should ／ ought to ＋完成式” 表示 “本应当做某事，而实际上并没有做”；“shouldn’t ／ oughtn’t to＋完成式”表示 “本来不应当做，而实际上却做了”。如： ??? You shouldn’t have gone to bed again when you woke up at five． ??? 2．“may／might ＋ 完成式” 表示 “本来可以干某事却没有干”，突出其可能性；而 “could
＋ 完成式” 表示“本来能够做某事，但实际上却没有做”。如： ??? He might have given you some help， however busy he was． ??? 3． “needn’t ＋完成式” 表示 “本来没必要做某事，实际上却做了”。如： ??? There was plenty of time． She needn’t have hurried． ???1) It? around nine o’clock when I drove back home because it was already dark. ［A］ must be ［B］ must have been ［C］ can’t be ［D］ should have been
2) John’s score on the test is the highest in the class; A］ he should study last night ［B］ he should have studied last night ［C］ he must have studied last night ［D］ he must had to study last night
3) You yesterday if you were really serious about your work. ［A］ ought to come ［B］ ought to be coming ［C］ ought to have come ［D］ ought have come
4) “We didn’t see him at the lecture yesterday.”“He it.” ［A］ mustn’t attended ［B］ couldn't have attended ［C］ would have not attended ［D］ needn’t have attended
5) You ______all these parcels yourself. The shop would have delivered them if you had asked a shop assistant. ［A］ didn’t need to carry ［B］ needn’t have carried ［C］ needn’t carry ［D］ didn’t need carry
key:1-5:BCCBB
四．几个情态动词常考的句型： 1)．may/might (just) as well “不妨，最好”，与had better相近； Since the flight was cancelled, you might as well go by train. 既然航班已经取消了，你不妨乘火车吧。相当于you had better go by train。
You may as well keep a certain distance from that mad man. 你们还是离那疯子远点为好。
You might as well go home now.你还是现在回家为好。
2) ．cannot / can’t…too …“越……越好，怎么也不过分”。注意这个句型的变体cannot…over….如： You cannot be too careful when you drive a car.驾车时候，越小心越好。 The final chapter covers organizational change and development. This subject cannot be over emphasized . 3) ．usedn’t 或did’t use to 为used to (do) 的否定式。 4）．should 除了“应该”一层意思外，还有“竟然”的意思。如：I didn’t expect that he should have behaved like that. 我无法想象他竟然这样做。
5). 另外还须注意：shall可用于第二、三人称，表示许诺、决心、命令或警告。如： ??? You shall lose your job if you don’t do as I tell you． ??? 如果你不按我说的做，你将失去工作。
五．情态动词被动关系的主动表达法 1． want, require, need “需要”， 接动名词表示被动意义。 Your hair wants cutting The floor requires washing. need既可以用need to be done 也可以使用need doing ，两种形式都表达被动的意义 The house needs painting= the house needs to be painted. The watch needed repairing= the watch needed to be repaired.
练习： 1- ________ I speak to May, please?
-I'm sorry she ________ come to the phone because she isn't in.
A.Might; won't B.Can; mustn't C.May; can't D.Could; shouldn't
2.-I want to know if I ________ smoke here.
-No, you ________ . Could you see the sign "NO SMOKING" there?
A.can; needn't B.must; can't C.shall; won't D.may; mustn't
3．.My wife never remembers my telephone number. She always ________ look it up.
A.must B.should C.would D.has to
4．.-Must I go to work with you?
-No, you ________ . Linda ________ go with me.
A.mustn't; can B.can't; has to C.daren't; should D.needn't; may
5.- ________ I tell Mary the test results?
-No, you ________ . She's already got the score.
A.Will; won't B.Shall; needn't C.May; mustn't D.Can; don't
6.Joan ________ come with us this afternoon, but she isn't very sure yet.
A.can B.may C.must D.will
7．.The fire spread through the building very quickly but everyone ________ get out.
A.had to B.would C.could D.was able to
8.-Is John coming by train?
-He should, but he ________ . He likes driving his car.
A.can't B.needn't C.may not D.mustn't
9．.He doesn't have to work tomorrow, but you have got to, ________ you?
A.don't B.haven't C.haven't got D.can't
10.If I ___________ go with you, I should feel very glad.
A. can B. could C. should D. may
11.-When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
-They ___________ be ready by 12:00.(NMET'98)
A. can B. should C. might D. need
12.One ought ___________ for what one hasn't done.
A. not to be punished B. to not be punished C. to not punished D. not be punished
13.Johnny, you ___________ play with the knife, you ___________ hurt yourself.(NMET'96)
A. won't; can't B. mustn't; may C. shouldn't; must D. can't; shouldn't
14.I thought you ___________ like something to read, so I have brought you some books.
A. may B. might C .could D. must
15.If it ____ rain tomorrow, I wouldn’t ride motorbike there.
A. will B. would C. should D. shall
Key:1-5：CDDDB 6-10: BDCBB 11-15: BABBC
2009年高考情态动词的用法
一．情态动词的基本用法 1．表示请求、征求对方意见 ? I keep the book for another week﹖ ? I open the door?
? you tell me whom this bike belongs to﹖ ? you please let me have a look﹖
（1）---May we stay here for another two days?
---Yes, you may. | No,you ? (不，不可以) No, you ? （不，不允许）
（2）---Could I use your dictionary﹖---＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿． ??? A． Yes， you could????? ? B． No， you couldn’t C．Of course， you could D．Certainly， help you to it
2．表示“允许”
这间屋子里的东西你想拿什么就可以拿什么。
3．表示“必须”
I don’t like the bag. I ? buy a new one.
The TV set is broken. I ? buy a new one.
You will ? walk home by yourself tomorrow.
—Must I finish the work before Saturday﹖ —Yes，you ? ． （ No，you? ／ ．） 4．表示有能力做某事
?I think the baby walk in another two months． ?Luckily， everyone escape from the fire．
5.表示“应该”
We respect the elder.
6.情态动词在一般时否定句中的用法
I can’t promise you anything but I will do what I can. .
That may or may not be true. 。
You may ask him but he may not answer you. 。
You mustn't criticize her in that way. 。
You needn't come tomorrow. 。
二．情态动词表猜测的用法：
must , may ,might, can, could 都可以表示推测。
1.表示对现在或将来情况的推测、判断
I have just dropped in on him.He home.我刚刚拜访过他。他现在一定呆在家里。
The man your head teacher.那人一定是你们的班主任
2.表示对过去的情况或已经发生的事情进行推测、判断
The road is wet. It last night.路上是湿的。昨晚一定下雨了。
I didn't hear the phone. I asleep. 我刚才没有听到电话，我想必是睡着了。 The boy his homework. 那男孩想必已经完成了他的家庭作业了。
3.表示对现在正在进行情况进行推测、判断
The girl is not out. She her homework now.那小女孩没有出门。她现在一定在做家庭作业。
At this moment, our teacher our exam papers.这时，我们老师想必在批改试卷
4．表示对过去某时正发生的事情进行推测、判断
---Why didn't you answer my phone call? 你为什么没有接电话？ ---Well, I , so I didn't hear it. 我当时一定是在睡觉，所以没听到。
5．句子中含有表示猜测的情态动词时，其反意疑问句的构成 The man in the white clothes must be a doctor，______ he﹖
He must have an uncle abroad， _________ he﹖
She must have seen the film before， ________she﹖
You must have met Uncle Wang in the shop yesterday， _______you﹖
举一反三：
I don't know where she is.She _________in Wuhan.我不知道他在哪儿，也许在武汉。
She_______________ to see her doctor last week, but I am not sure.
上星期或许她去看医生了，但我不敢肯定。
Don’t worry， your husband ________________ seriously. 别急，你丈夫也许伤得不厉害。
There is no light in the room. She___________at home now.
房间里没有灯光。她现在不可能在家里。
He _____________ at the office last night, for he had gone to a party at six in the afternoon.昨晚他不可能在办公室工作，因为在晚上六点他得参加一次聚会。
Ling Ling ____________the piano now. She went to the bookshop with her mother a few minutes ago.玲玲不可能在弹钢琴。几分钟前她和她母亲去书店了
情态动词表示"推测、判断"的用法专练
1.-Are you coming to Jeff's party?
-I'm not sure. I________go to the concert instead.(NMET 2000)
A. must B. would C. should D. might
2.The river is rising. It ________last night.
A.must be raining B.must rain C.might have rained D.must have rained
3.-Why! I couldn't get you on the phone this morning.
-We________tennis in the yard when you phoned.
A.must be playing B.could be playing C.must have played D.must have been playing
4.You must have seen the film last night,________you?
A.haven't B.mustn't C.didn't D.hadn't
5.This________be a woman's bag. It must be a man's.
A.needn't B.can't C.may not D.mustn't
6.________it be John who did it?
A.Will B.Can C.Would D.May
7.It rained every day during their holiday, so they________a very nice time.
A.wouldn't have had B.couldn't C.can't have had D.shouldn't have 8.Peter________come with us tonight, but he isn't very sure yet.
A. must B.may C.can D.will
9.Jenny must have won the match,________?
A.hasn't she B.doesn't she C.mustn't she D.can't she
10.Mr. Zhuo must be working in the office, ________he?
A.mustn't B.can't C.doesn't D.isn't
三．情态动词在虚拟语气中的用法
?1．“should ／ ought to ＋完成式”
You shouldn’t have gone to bed again when you woke up at five． 2．“may／might ＋ 完成式” ?He might have given you some help， however busy he was． 3． “needn’t ＋完成式”
There was plenty of time． She needn’t have hurried． 1) It? around nine o’clock when I drove back home because it was already dark.
［A］ must be ［B］ must have been ［C］ can’t be ［D］ should have been
2) John’s score on the test is the highest in the class; ［A］ he should study last night ［B］ he should have studied last night ［C］ he must have studied last night ［D］ he must had to study last night
3) You yesterday if you were really serious about your work.
［A］ ought to come［B］ ought to be coming［C］ ought to have come ［D］ ought have come
4) “We didn’t see him at the lecture yesterday.”“He it.” A.mustn’t attended B.couldn't have attended
C.would have not attended D.needn’t have attended
5) You ______all these parcels yourself. The shop would have delivered them if you had asked a shop assistant. ［A］didn’t need to carry［B］needn’t have carried［C］ needn’t carry［D］ didn’t need carry
四．几个情态动词常考的句型： 1)Since the flight was cancelled, you might as well go by train. =you ____ __go by train。
你们还是离那疯子远点为好。_____ _
你还是现在回家为好。_____ _
2)You careful when you drive a car.驾车时候，越小心越好。 The final chapter covers organizational change and development. This subject cannot be over emphasized .
3) “you should be here on time（= ）”。
“we should be finished by eight（= / ）”。
you should go to bed earlier.( 命令/建议 )
it would probably be best if you went to bed earlier( 命令/建议 )
why not get to bed earlier( 命令/建议 )
如何提出建议的例句
* Why don't you...?
* You could...
* Let's...
* What about...?
* How about...?
4). He shall come.
He will come.
If he passes the exam he shall have a holiday. The law shall come?into?effect on May 1st. 5) .Your hair wants ( cut ) The floor requires (wash). The house needs (paint)= the house needs to be painted. The watch needed (repair)= the watch needed to be repaired.
练习： 1- ________ I speak to May, please?
-I'm sorry she ________ come to the phone because she isn't in.
A.Might; won't B.Can; mustn't C.May; can't D.Could; shouldn't
2.-I want to know if I ________ smoke here.
-No, you ________ . Could you see the sign "NO SMOKING" there?
A.can; needn't B.must; can't C.shall; won't D.may; mustn't
3．.My wife never remembers my telephone number. She always ________ look it up.
A.must B.should C.would D.has to
4．.-Must I go to work with you?
-No, you ________ . Linda ________ go with me.
A.mustn't; can B.can't; has to C.daren't; should D.needn't; may
5.- ________ I tell Mary the test results?
-No, you ________ . She's already got the score.
A.Will; won't B.Shall; needn't C.May; mustn't D.Can; don't
6.Joan ________ come with us this afternoon, but she isn't very sure yet.
A.can B.may C.must D.will
7．.The fire spread through the building very quickly but everyone ________ get out.
A.had to B.would C.could D.was able to
8.-Is John coming by train?
-He should, but he ________ . He likes driving his car.
A.can't B.needn't C.may not D.mustn't
9．.He doesn't have to work tomorrow, but you have got to, ________ you?
A.don't B.haven't C.haven't got D.can't
10.If I ___________ go with you, I should feel very glad.
A. can B. could C. should D. may
11.-When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.
-They ___________ be ready by 12:00.(NMET'98)
A. can B. should C. might D. need
12.One ought ___________ for what one hasn't done.
A. not to be punished B. to not be punished C. to not punished D. not be punished
13.Johnny, you ___________ play with the knife, you ___________ hurt yourself.(NMET'96)
A. won't; can't B. mustn't; may C. shouldn't; must D. can't; shouldn't
14.I thought you ___________ like something to read, so I have brought you some books.
A. may B. might C .could D. must
15.If it ____ rain tomorrow, I wouldn’t ride motorbike there.
A. will B. would C. should D. shall
2009年高考英语状语从句复习
九种常用的状语从句及其常用的连接词
时间状语从句: when, while, as, before, after, as soon as, till, until, not…until, the first/second…/last time, the moment, the minute, the instant, immediately, directly, instantly, hardly…when, scarcely…when, no sooner…than
地点状语从句:where, wherever
原因状语从句:because, since, as, now that, seeing that, considering that
条件状语从句: if, unless, now (that), as(so) long as, in case, on condition that, suppose/supposing, provided/providing
让步状语从句:although, though, even though/if, as, while, no matter which/what/when/where/who/how, whichever, wherever, whatever, whoever, whenever, however, whether…or；
结果状语从句: so that, so…that, such…that
目的状语从句:so that, in case, for fear that, lest
方式状语从句:how, as, as if/as though
比较状语从句:than, as…as, not so/as…as, the +比较级…, the +比较级…
状语从句有九种， 时地原因条状补，目比结果方让步，连词引导各不同；主句通常前面走，
连词引导紧随后，从句若在主前头， 主从之间有个逗。
状语从句的分类
While I was wondering at this, our schoolmaster took his place. ( )
2. Where there is a will, there is a way. ( )
3. Now that/Since everybody is here, let’s begin our meeting. （ ）
4. I’ll speak slowly so that you can understand me. ( )
5. So clever was he a student that he was able to work out all the difficult problems. ( )
6. As long as you don’t lose heart, you’ll succeed. ( )
7. Try as he might, he could not find a job. ( )
8. The old lady treats the boy as if he were his own son
考点难点
1、各种从属连词的含义及用法 比较；
2、no matter wh- 与 wh-ever 引 导的从句的区别；
3、状语从句的时态问题；
4、状语从句倒装及紧缩问题；
5、状语从句与其它从句的区别。
1. 时间状语从句
问题1:
1. (04北京春) We were swimming in the lake ______ suddenly the storm started.
A. when B. while C. until D. before
2. (02上海) He was about to tell me the secret ______ someone patted him on the shoulder.
A. as B. until C. while D. when
3. (05上海) He transplanted the little tree to the garden ______ it was the best time for it.
A. where B. when C. that D. until
4. (05福建) －Did Jack come back early last night?
－Yes. It was not yet eight o’clock ____ he arrived home.
A. Before B. when C. that D. until
5. (06辽宁) He was about halfway through his meal ______ a familiar voice came to his ears.
A. why B. where C. when D. while
连接词when的用法小结
1. when引导的时间状语从句的谓语动词可以是可延续的，也可以是表短暂性动作的动词，可用于主句和从句动作同时发生或从句动作先于主句动作。如：
When the film ended, the people went back.
When I lived there, I used to go to the seashore on Sundays.
2. 可用作并列连词，其意义为“那时，这时”，相当于and at this/that time。常用于下列句式：
Somebody was doing something/was about to do sth./was on the point of doing sth. when… (刚要……这时突然……)
3. 还可以表示原因“既然”，相当于since; considering that。如：
It was foolish of you to take a taxi when you could easily walk there in five minutes .
问题2:
6. (06天津) The cost of living in Glasgow is among the lowest in Britain, ______ the quality of life is probably one of the highest. A. since B. when C. as D. while
7. (04年江苏) ______ I accept that he is not perfect, I do actually like the person.
A. While B. Since C. Before D. Unless
连接词while的用法小结
1. while引导的动作必须是持续性的，侧重主句动作和从句动作相对比。如：
Please don’t talk so loud while others are working.
2. while作为并列连词，意为“而，却”，表示对比。
3. while可表示尽管，相当于although。
连接词when, while, as的用法区别：
1．while引导的时间状语从句的谓语动词必须是可延续的，而when引导的时间状语从句的谓语动词是可延续的，也 可以是表短暂性动作的动词。如：When/While he was
eating his breakfast, he heard the doorbell ring. When I stopped my car, a man came up to me. (不可用 while)
2．从句动作发生在主句动作之前时，只能用when引导这个从句，不可用as或while。如： When you have finished your work, you may have a rest.
3．表示“随着……”，连词用as，不用when或while。如：
As the election approached, the violence got worse.
4．如果主句表示的是短暂动作，而从句用延续性动作的进行 时态表示在一段时间内正在进行的动作时，when, while 与as 可互换使用。如：
When/While/As I was walking down the street, I came across an old friend of mine.
问题3:
1. (01北京春)－Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her?
－Yes. I gave it to her ______ I saw her.
A. while B. the moment C. suddenly D. once
2. (1998上海) I thought her nice and honest ______ I met her.
A. first time B. for the first time C. the first time D. by the first time
3. ______ entered the office when he realized that he had forgotten his report.
A. He hardly had B. Had he hardly C. Hardly had he D. Hardly he had
小结：
1．一些词，如the moment, the minute, the instant, immediately, directly, instantly, hardly…when, scarcely…when, no sooner…than等也可引导一个时 间状语从句，相当于as soon as的意思。
I didn’t wait a moment, but came immediately you called.
2．一些含有time的名词短语，如every time, each time, next time, by the time等，以及the day, the year, the morning等，也可引导一个时间状语从句。
The day he returned home, his father was already dead.
Next time you come, please bring your composition.
3. 如果hardly或no sooner或scarcely置于句首，句子必 须用部分倒装结构。
Hardly had I got home when it began to rain.
问题4:
1. (03北京春) －Was his father very strict with him when he was at school?
－Yes. He had never praised him ______ he became one of the top students in his grade.
A. after B. unless C. until D. when
2. (03上海) A good storyteller must be able to hold listeners’ curiosity ______ he reaches the end of the story. A. when B. unless C. after D. until
3. It was not ______ she took off her dark glasses ______ I realized she was a famous film star.
A. when; that B. until; that C. until; when D. when; then
小结：
till, until和not…until：
1.until/till引导时间状语从句用于肯定句时，主句的动词 是延续性动词，表示动作或状态一直持续到until/till所 表示的时间，意为“某动作一直延续到某时间点才停止”。如：
We waited until he came.
2．用于否定句时，主句谓语动词是非延续性动词，从句为肯定，意为“某动作直到某时间才开始”。如：
He won’t go to bed till/until she returns.
3．till不可以置于句首，而until可以。如：Until you told me I had no idea of it.
4．not…until句型中的强调和倒装说法：
It was not until you told me that I had any idea of it.
Not until you told me did I have any idea of it.
问题5:
1. (03年北京) He made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation ______ it got worse.
A. until B. when C. before D. as
2. (04福建) Scientists say it may be five or six years ______ it is possible to test this medicine on human patients.
A. since B. after C. before D. when
3. (06四川)－Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting?
－He rushed out of the room____I could say a word.
A. before B. until C. when D. after
4. (05北京春) It is almost five years ______ we saw each other last time.
A. before B. since C. after D. because
连接词before的小结：
一、含义
1． We had sailed four days and four nights before we saw land.
2． We hadn’t run a mile before he felt tired.
3． Please write it down before you forget it.
4．Before I could get in a word, he had measured me.
二．Before从句中谓语不用否定式。如：
Before they reached the station, the train had gone.
三．1）句型It will be/was＋段时间＋before…“还要过多久才……”
如：It will be two years before he leaves the country.
2）句型It will be/was not＋一段时间＋before…“不多久就……”
如： It wasn’t two years before he left the country.
3）句型It is＋段时间＋since…时间的计算一律从since从句的 动作完成或状态结束时算起。如：
It is three years since she was in the army.
It is three years since she joined the army.
2、条件状语从句
问题1：
1、The WTO cannot live up to its name ____ it does not include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind. （2000全国）
A．as long as B．while C．if D．even though
2、 It is known to all that _____ you exercise regularly, you won’t keep good health. （05重庆卷）
A. unless B. whenever C. although D. if
unless 相当于 if not，意思是“除非…”“如果不…就…”。这也是高考的热点之一。复习时也应给予高度重视。
问题2：
1、_____ I can see, there is only one possible way to keep away from the danger. （04北京春季）
A. As long as B. As far as C. Just as D. Even if
2、I always take something to read when I go to the doctor’s ________ I have to wait. （05全国卷3）
A．in case B．so that C．in order D．as if
as long as 与 as far as 都可引导条件状语从句，as long as 表示“只要…”，as far as 表示“就…而论（而言）”。题1根据题意应该选用B。in case 表示“以防”，根据题2的句意，不难作出选择。
3、让步状语从句
问题1：
1、 _____ I accept that he is not perfect, I do actually like the person. （04江苏）
A. While B. Since C. Before D. Unless
2、Allow children the space to voice their opinions, ____they are different from your own. (05湖南卷）
A. until B. even if C. unless D. as though
while 是高考中的高频词，它既可引导时间状语从句，又可引导并列句，还可引导让步状语从句，表示“尽管”。even if 等于 even though，表示“即使、尽管”。as though 等于 as if，引导方式状语从句，表示“好像、似乎”。
问题2：
1、 He tried his best to solve the problem, ___ difficult it was.（05天津卷）
A. however B. no matter C. whatever D although
2、The old tower must be saved, ______the cost. （05浙江）
A．however B．whatever C．whichever D．wherever
no matter wh- 与 wh-ever 的联系及区别：
no matter wh- 只引导让步状语从句，此时与 wh-ever通用。
如: No matter when / Whenever he comes back, he should be invited to the party.
wh-ever又可引导名词性从句， No matter wh-不能。如：
Whatever I can do for you will be nothing but paying a debt. Whoever can help us will be welcome.
4. 状语从句的时态问题
问题1：
1、The house could fall down soon if no one______ some quick repair work. （04全国IV）
A has done B is doing C does D had done
2、It is almost five years _______ we saw each other last time. （05北京春季）
A. before B. since C. after D. when
在条件，时间和让步从句中，用一般现在时表示一般将来时，用现在完成时表将来完成时，用一般过去时表过去将来时。在 since 引导的时间状语从句中，动词一般都用一般过去时，而主句常用现在完成时。
5、状语从句的倒装问题
问题1：
1、So difficult _____ it to live in an English-speaking country that I determined to learn English. (01)
A. I have felt B. have I felt C. I did feel D. did I feel
2、Not until all the fish died in the river _____ how serious the pollution was. (95 NMET)
A. did the villagers realize B. the villagers realized
C. the villagers did realize D. didn’t the villagers realize
状语从句的倒装一般有下面几种情况：① 否定词开头；② so 加 adj. 开头；③ as / though引导的让步状语从句。
特别注意：
Hardly … when … No sooner … than … Child as he is, …
Hardly had he got to the station when the train left.
No sooner had he got to the station than the train left.
Child as he is, he can speak seven foreign languages.
6、状语从句与并列句的区别
问题1：
1、Though he is in his sixties, ______ he works as hard as a young man
A. yet B. but C. and D. and yet
2、 Excuse me for breaking in, _________ I have some news for you. (NMET02)
A. so B. and C. but D. yet
题1是主从复合句，所以中间不能使用并列连词 and; or; but; so 等。yet 是副词，只有 yet 可以与 though 连用。题2为并列句，而“Excuse …, but …”为一固定搭配。在复习中需要
细心的分析句子结构和成分。
对比训练 1
____ he heard this, he got very angry.
2. I met Lucy____ I was walking along the river.
3. ____ a child, he lived in the countryside.
A. when B. while C. as
对比训练 2
We were about to leave____ it began to rain.
2. She thought I was talking about her son, ____, in fact, I was talking about my son.
3. Hardly had I finished my composition ____ the bell rang.
A. when B. while C. as D. during
对比训练 3
1. Child ____ she is, she know a lot.
2. He did the experient ____ he was told.
3. The pianos in the other shop will be cheaper, but not ____ good.
A. during B. as C. so D. though E. both B and C
对比训练 4
1.He would have a look at the bookstores ____ he went to town.
2. We decide to finish the work on time, ____ happens.
3. If we work with a strong will, we overcome any difficulty, ____ great it is.
4. I’ll give the book to ____ likes English.
A. whenever B. whoever C. whatever D. however
对比训练 5
1. It will be years ____ we meet again.
2. It is ten years ____ I came to this town.
3. It is ten years ago ____ I came to this town.
A. when B. that C. before D. since
对比训练 6
1.____ it rains, the game will be played on time.
2. ____ I was twenty, I had never been away from my hometown.
3. ____ he were there, he couldn’t help us.
A. Even if B. Untill C. Till D. Unless
对比训练 7
Go and get your coat. It is ____ you left it.
2. You are free to go ____ you like.
A. there B. where C. wherever D. when
对比训练 8
1.The article is written in such easy English ____ all of us can read it.
2. The article is written in such easy English____ all of us can read.
A. that B. which C. as D. so that
对比训练 9
1.If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, no matter ____ great it is.
2. If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, ____ great it is.
3. If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, ____ difficulty it is.
4. If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, no matter ____ difficulty it is.
A. what B. how C. however D. whatever
历届高考试题中的状语从句
1. — How long has this bookshop been in business?
____________ 1982. ( 94 )
A. After B. In C. From D. Since
2. Mother was worried because little Alice was ill, especially _______ Father was away in France. ( 94 )
A. as B. that C. during D. if
3. If we work with a strong will, we can overcome any difficulty, ____________ great it is. ( 95 )
A. what B. how C. however D. whatever
4. After the war, a new school building was put up _____________ there had once been a theatre. ( 97 )
A. that B. where C. which D. when
5. — I am going to the post office.
— ____you’re there, can you get me some stamps? ( 99 )
A. As B. While C. Because D. If
6. You should make it a rule to leave things _____________ you can find them again. ( 99 )
A. when B. where C. then D. there
7. ____________ you’ve got the chance, you might as well make full use of it. ( 99 )
A. Now that B. After C. Although D. As soon as
8. We’ll have to finish the job, _____________. ( 99 )
A. long it takes however B. it takes however long
C. long however it takes D. however long it takes
9. Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but they hung up ____________ I could answer the phone. ( 00 ) A. as B. since C. until D. before
10. The WTO cannot live up to its name _____________ it does not include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind. ( 00 )
A. as long as B. while C. if D. even though
11. The men will have to wait all day ____________ the doctor works faster. ( 01春季 )
A. if B. unless C. whether D. that
12. — Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her?
— Yes, I gave it to her ____________ I saw her. ( 01春季 )
A. while B. the moment C. suddenly D. once
13. Americans eat _____________ vegetables per person today as they did in 1910. (02上海春季 )
A. more than twice B. as twice as many
C. twice as many as D. more than twice as many
14. — How far apart do they live?
—___________ I know, they live in the same neighbourhood. ( 03上海 )
A. As long as B. As well as C. As far as D. As often as
15. A good storyteller must be able to hold his listeners’ curiosity ____________ he reaches the end of the story. ( 03上海 ) A. when B. unless C. after D. until
16. Generally speaking, ________ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect. ( 03上海 )
A. when taking B. when taken C. when to take D. when to be taken
17. — Dad, I’ve finished my assignment.
—Good, and ____________ you play or watch TV, you mustn’t disturb me. ( 03上海 )
A. whenever B. whether C. whatever D. no matter
18. — Was his father very strict with him when he was at school?
— Yes. He has never praised him ____ he became one of the top students in his grade. (03 春季)
A. after B. unless C. until D. when
19. He made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation ____________ it got worse. (03 北京 )
A. until B. when C. before D. as
20. _____________ I know the money is safe, I shall not worry about it. (03 北京 )
A. Even though B. Unless C. While D. As long as
21. Scientists say it may be five or six years _________?it is possible to test this medicine on human patients. ( 04 福建 ) ?A. since B. after C. before D. when
22. You should try to get a good night’s sleep?__________??much work you have to do . ( 04 湖北 ) ?A. however B. no matter C. although D. whatever
23. It was evening ________ we reached the little town of Winchester . ?A. that B. until C. since D. before
24. __ modeling business is by no means easy to get into, the good model will always be in demand. ( 04 浙江 ) ?A. While B. Since C. As D. If
25. We were swimming in the lake _______ suddenly the storm started. ( 04 北京春季 )
A. when B. while C. until D. before
26. _______ I can see, there is only one possible way to keep away from the danger. ( 04 北京春季 )
A. As long as B. As far as C. Just as D. Even if
27. We were told that we should follow the main road??________? we reached the central railway station . ( 04 辽宁 ) ?A. whenever B. until C. while D. wherever
28. _____ you call me to say you' re not coming, I'll see you at the theatre. ( 04)
A. Though B. Whether C. Until D. Unless
29. You can eat food free in my restaurant?________ you like. ( 04 重庆 )
A. whenever B. wherever C. whatever D. however
30. _____________?I accept that he is not perfect, I do actually like the person. ( 04 江苏 ) A. While B. Since C. Before D. Unless
31. Several weeks had gone by ______I realized the painting, was missing. ( 04 )
???A. as B. before C. since D. when
32. Jasmine was holidaying with her family in a wildlife park _____ she was bitten on the leg by al lion. ( 04 上海 ) ?A. when? ?????????B. while?????????? ? C. since???? ???? ?D. once
33. ________, I have to put it away and focus my attention on study this week. ( 04上海春季 )
????A. However the story is amusing B No matter amusing the story is
????C. However amusing the story is D. No matter how the story is amusing
34. It is almost five years we saw each other last time.
A. before B. since C. after D. when
35. What a table ! I’ve never seen such a thing before .It is it is long. ( 05 湖北 )
A. half not as wide as B. wide not as half as
C. not half as wide as D. as wide as not half
36. Simon thought his computer was broken his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on. ( 05 北京春季 )
A. until B. unless C. after D. because
37. I’d like to arrive 20 minutes early _______ I can have time for a cup of tea. ( 05 北京 )
A. as soon as B. as a result C. in case D. so that
38. It wasn’t until nearly a month later I received the manager’s reply. ( 05河南、河北 )
A. since B. when C. as D. that
39. Unlike watching TV, reading is a highly active process (过程)________ it requires attention as well as memory and imagination. （ 05 江苏 ）
A. until B. but C. unless D. for
40. The old tower must be saved, _____________ the cost. ( 05 浙江 )
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. wherever
41. You must keep on working in the evening ______ you are sure you can finish the task in time. ( 05 安徽 ) A. as B. if C. when D. unless
42. That was really a splendid evening. It' s years _______ I enjoyed myself so much. ( 05 安徽 )
A. when B. that C. before D. since
43. John is the tallest boy in the class, ___________ according to himself. ( 05 安徽 )
A. five foot eight as tall as B. as tall as five foot eight
C. as five foot eight tall as D. as tall five foot eight as
44. —Did Jack come back early last night?
—Yes. It was not yet eight o’clock he arrived home. ( 05 福建 )
A. before B. when C. that D. until
45. Allow children the space to voice their opinions, __________ they are different from your own. ( 05 湖南 ) A. until B. even if C. unless D. as though
46. The more I think about him, the more reasons I find for loving him ___ I did. ( 05 湖南 )
A. as much as B. as long as C. as soon as D. as far as
47. you’ve tried it. you can’t imagine how pleasant it is. （06北京）
A. Unless B. Because C. Although D. When
48. --- How long do you think it will be _________ China sends a manned spaceship to the moon?
--- Perhaps two or three years. （06福建）
A. when B. until C. that D. before
49. Jenny was very sad over the loss of the photos she had shot at Canada, this was a memory she especially treasured. （06广东）
A. as B. if C. when D. where
50. "You can't have this football back you promise not to kick it at my cat again," the old man said firmly. （06广东） A. because B. since C. when D. until
51. I had just stepped out of the bathroom and was busily drying myself with a towel ____ I heard the steps. （ 06湖南 ）
A. while B. when C. since D. after
52. _________ environmental damage is done, it takes many years for the ecosystem (生态系统) to recover. （ 06江苏 ）
A. Even if B. If only C. While D. Once
53. He was about halfway through his meal a familiar voice came to his ears. （ 06辽宁 ）
A. why B. where C. when D. while
54. he has limited technical knowledge, the old worker has a lot of experience. （ 06全国I ）
A. Since B. Unless C. As D. Although
55. We’re just trying to teach a point ____ both sides will sit down together and talk. （ 06 山东）
A. where B. that C. when D. which
56. How can you expect to learn anything ____ you never listen? （ 06山东 ）
A. in case B. even if C. unless D. when
57. His plan was such a good one _________we all agreed to accept it. （ 06 陕西）
A. so B. and C. that D. as
58. This is a very interesting book. I’ll buy it, __________. （ 06 陕西 ）
A. how much may it cost B. no matter how it may cost
C. however much it may cost D. how may it cost
59. My parents were quarrelling about me ____ I could not quite tell why. （ 06上海 ）
A. since B. though C. if D. until
60. --- Mom, what did your doctor say? ?? --- He advised me to live??? the air is fresher. （ 06四川 ） ???A. in where ?????? B. in which? ?? C. the place where D. where
61. --- Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting? ?? --- He rushed out of the room??? I could say a word. （ 06四川 ） ???A. before? B. until? C. when? D. after
62. The cost of living in Glasgow is among the lowest in Britain, the quality of life is probably one of the highest. （ 06天津 ）A. since B. when C. as D. while
63. If you are traveling the customs are really foreign to your own, please do as the Romans do. （ 06天津 ） A. in which B. what C. when D. where
64. In time of serious accidents，_________??we know some basic things about first aid, we can save lives. （ 06重庆 ） A. whether B. until C. if ? D. unless
65. __________ most of the earth’s surface is covered by water, fresh water is very rare and precious. （ 06上海春季 ）A. As B. Once C. If D. Although
答案
1 ------ 5 DACBB 6 ------ 10 BADDC 11 ------ 15 BBDCD
16 ------ 20 BBCCD 21 ----- 25 CADDA 26 ------ 30 BBDAA
31 ------ 35 BACBC 36 ----- 40 ADDDB 41 ------ 45 DDBBB
46 ------ 50 AADAD 51 ----- 55 BDCDA 56 ------ 60 DCCBD
61 ------ 65 ADDCD
2009年高考高考英语状语从句复习
状语从句的分类
时间状语从句: when, while, as, before, after, as soon as, till, until, not…until, the first/second…/last time, the moment, the minute, the instant, immediately, directly, instantly, hardly…when, scarcely…when, no sooner…than
地点状语从句:where, wherever
原因状语从句:because, since, as, now that, seeing that, considering that
条件状语从句: if, unless, now (that), as(so) long as, in case, on condition that, suppose/supposing, provided/providing
让步状语从句:although, though, even though/if, as, while, no matter which/what/when/where/who/how, whichever, wherever, whatever, whoever, whenever, however, whether…or；
结果状语从句: so that, so…that, such…that
目的状语从句:so that, in case, for fear that, lest
方式状语从句:how, as, as if/as though
比较状语从句:than, as…as, not so/as…as, the +比较级…, the +比较级…
While I was wondering at this, our schoolmaster took his place. ( )
2. Where there is a will, there is a way. ( )
3. Now that/Since everybody is here, let’s begin our meeting. （ ）
4. I’ll speak slowly so that you can understand me. ( )
5. So clever was he a student that he was able to work out all the difficult problems. ( )
6. As long as you don’t lose heart, you’ll succeed. ( )
7. Try as he might, he could not find a job. ( )
8. The old lady treats the boy as if he were his own son
A. 时间状语从句
问题1:1. (05上海) He transplanted the little tree to the garden ______ it was the best time for it.
A. where B. when C. that D. until
2. (05福建) －Did Jack come back early last night?
－Yes. It was not yet eight o’clock ____ he arrived home.
A. Before B. when C. that D. until
3. (04北京春) We were swimming in the lake ______ suddenly the storm started.
A. when B. while C. until D. before
4. (02上海) He was about to tell me the secret ______ someone patted him on the shoulder.
A. as B. until C. while D. when
5. (06辽宁) He was about halfway through his meal ______ a familiar voice came to his ears.
A. why B. where C. when D. while
6.It was foolish of you to take a taxi when you could easily walk there in five minutes .
（= / ）
问题2:1. (06天津) The cost of living in Glasgow is among the lowest in Britain, ______ the quality of life is probably one of the highest. A. since B. when C. as D. while
2. (04年江苏) ______ I accept that he is not perfect, I do actually like the person.
A. While B. Since C. Before D. Unless
3. Please don’t talk so loud While others are working.
连接词when, while, as的用法区别：
1． eating his breakfast, he heard the doorbell ring.
I stopped my car, a man came up to me.
2. you have finished your work, you may have a rest.
3. the election approached, the violence got worse.
4. I was walking down the street, I came across an old friend of mine.
问题3:1. (01北京春)－Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her?
－Yes. I gave it to her ______ I saw her.
A. while B. the moment C. suddenly D. once
2. (1998上海) I thought her nice and honest ______ I met her.
A. first time B. for the first time C. the first time D. by the first time
3. ______ entered the office when he realized that he had forgotten his report.
A. He hardly had B. Had he hardly C. Hardly had he D. Hardly he had
问题4:1. (03北京春) －Was his father very strict with him when he was at school?
－Yes. He had never praised him ______ he became one of the top students in his grade.
A. after B. unless C. until D. when
2. (03上海) A good storyteller must be able to hold listeners’ curiosity ______ he reaches the end of the story. A. when B. unless C. after D. until
3. It was not ______ she took off her dark glasses ______ I realized she was a famous film star.
A. when; that B. until; that C. until; when D. when; then
比较till, until和not…until：
1. We waited he came.
2． He won’t go to bed l she returns.
3． you told me I had no idea of it.
(倒装句)=
（强调句）=
问题5:1. (03年北京) He made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation ______ it got worse. A. until B. when C. before D. as
2. (04福建) Scientists say it may be five or six years ______ it is possible to test this medicine on human patients. A. since B. after C. before D. when
3. (06四川)－Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting?
－He rushed out of the room____I could say a word.
A. before B. until C. when D. after
4. (05北京春) It is almost five years ______ we saw each other last time.
A. before B. since C. after D. because
小结before：
一、1． We had sailed four days and four nights before we saw land.
2． We hadn’t run a mile before he felt tired.
3． Please write it down before you forget it.
4．Before I could get in a word, he had measured me.
二． Before they reached the station, the train had gone.
三． 1.It will be two years before he leaves the country.
2. It wasn’t two years before he left the country.
3）翻译：It is three years since she was in the army.
It is three years since she joined the army.
B条件状语从句
问题1：1、The WTO cannot live up to its name ____ it does not include a country that is home to one fifth of mankind. （2000全国）
A．as long as B．while C．if D．even though
2、 It is known to all that _____ you exercise regularly, you won’t keep good health. （05重庆卷）
A. unless B. whenever C. although D. if
问题2：1、_____ I can see, there is only one possible way to keep away from the danger. （04北京春季） A. As long as B. As far as C. Just as D. Even if
2、I always take something to read when I go to the doctor’s ________ I have to wait. （05全国卷3） A．in case B．so that C．in order D．as if
C、让步状语从句
问题1： 1、 _____ I accept that he is not perfect, I do actually like the person. （04江苏）
A. While B. Since C. Before D. Unless
2、Allow children the space to voice their opinions, ____they are different from your own. (05湖南卷） A. until B. even if C. unless D. as though
问题2： 1、 He tried his best to solve the problem, ___ difficult it was.（05天津卷）
A. however B. no matter C. whatever D although
2、The old tower must be saved, ______the cost. （05浙江）
A．however B．whatever C．whichever D．wherever
D. 状语从句的时态问题
1、The house could fall down soon if no one______ some quick repair work. （04全国IV）
A has done B is doing C does D had done
2、It is almost five years _______ we saw each other last time. （05北京春季）
A. before B. since C. after D. when
E、状语从句的倒装问题
1、So difficult _____ it to live in an English-speaking country that I determined to learn English.
A. I have felt B. have I felt C. I did feel D. did I feel
2、Not until all the fish died in the river _____ how serious the pollution was. (95 NMET)
A. did the villagers realize B. the villagers realized
C. the villagers did realize D. didn’t the villagers realize
特别注意： Hardly … when … No sooner … than … … as … , …
Hardly had he got to the station when the train left.
No sooner had he got to the station than the train left.
Child as he is, he can speak seven foreign languages.
F、状语从句与并列句的区别
问题1：
1、Though he is in his sixties, ______ he works as hard as a young man
A. yet B. but C. and D. and yet
2、 Excuse me for breaking in, _________ I have some news for you. (NMET02)
A. so B. and C. but D. yet
对比训练 1
1.____ he heard this, he got very angry.
2. I met Lucy____ I was walking along the river.
3. ____ a child, he lived in the countryside.
A. when B. while C. as
对比训练 2
We were about to leave____ it began to rain.
2. She thought I was talking about her son, ____, in fact, I was talking about my son.
3. Hardly had I finished my composition ____ the bell rang.
A. when B. while C. as D. during
对比训练 3
1. Child ____ she is, she know a lot.
2. He did the experient ____ he was told.
3. The pianos in the other shop will be cheaper, but not ____ good.
A. during B. as C. so D. though E. both B and C
对比训练 4
1.He would have a look at the bookstores ____ he went to town.
2. We decide to finish the work on time, ____ happens.
3. If we work with a strong will, we overcome any difficulty, ____ great it is.
4. I’ll give the book to ____ likes English.
A. whenever B. whoever C. whatever D. however
对比训练 5
1. It will be years ____ we meet again.
2. It is ten years ____ I came to this town.
3. It is ten years ago ____ I came to this town.
A. when B. that C. before D. since
对比训练 6
1.____ it rains, the game will be played on time.
2. ____ I was twenty, I had never been away from my hometown.
3. ____ he were there, he couldn’t help us.
A. Even if B. Untill C. Till D. Unless
对比训练 7
Go and get your coat. It is ____ you left it.
2. You are free to go ____ you like.
A. there B. where C. wherever D. when
对比训练 8
1.The article is written in such easy English ____ all of us can read it.
2. The article is written in such easy English____ all of us can read.
A. that B. which C. as D. so that
对比训练 9
1.If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, no matter ____ great it is.
2. If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, ____ great it is.
3. If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, ____ difficulty it is.
4. If we work hard, we can overcome any difficulty, no matter ____ difficulty it is.
A. what B. how C. however D. whatever
2009年高考英语复习 虚拟语气专项练习
1. You didn’t let me drive. If we _____ in turn, you _____ so tired.
A. drove; didn’t get B. drove; wouldn’t get
C. were driving; wouldn’t get D. had driven; wouldn’t have got
2. When a pencil is partly in a glass of water, it looks as if it _____.
A. breaks B. has broken C. were broken D. had been broken
3. _____ it rain tomorrow, we should have to put off the visit to the Yangpu Bridge.
A. Were B. Should C. Would D. Will
4. Jane’s face suggested that she _____ ill, and her parents suggested that she _____ a medical examination.
A. be; should have B. was; have C. should be; had D. was; has
5. Without electricity human life _____ quite different today.
A. is B. will be C. would have been D. would be
6. I told Sally how to get there, but perhaps I _____ for her.
A. had to write it out B. must have written it out
C. should have written it out D. ought to write it out
7. I didn’t see your sister at the meeting. If she _____, she would have met my brother.
A. has come B. did come C. came D. had come
8. --If he _____, he _____ that food.
--Luckily he was sent to the hospital immediately.
A. was warmed; would not take B. had been warned; would not have taken
C. would be warned; had not taken D. would have been warned; had not taken
9. The two strangers talked as if they _____ friends for years.
A. should be B. would be C. have been D. had been
10. Without the air to hold some of the sun’s heat, the earth at night _____, too cold for us to live.
A. would be freezing cold B. will be freezing coldly
C. would be frozen cold D. can freeze coldly
11. --Have you ever been to Beijing?
--No, but I wish I _____.
A. have B. will C. do D. had
12. If only he _____ quietly as the doctor instructed, he would not suffer so much now.
A. lies B. lay C. had lain D. should lie
13. If I _____ you, I would ask him to stay.
A. was B. would be C. were D. am
14. If it hadn’t rained last Sunday, we _____ picnicking.
A. could go B. could have gone C. went D. would go
15. Everybody would be very happy if the hot summer _____ tomorrow.
A. should finish B. would finish
C. were to be finished D. finishes
16. If only I _____ your advice!
A. had taken B. took C. would take D. have taken
17. If it _____ yesterday, we could play football on the sports ground now.
A. didn’t snow B. hasn’t snowed C. hadn’t snowed D. weren’t snowing.
18. If he came here at this moment, I _____ him.
A. would criticize B. will criticize C. shall criticize D. were to criticize
19. I wish I _____ the meeting last week.
A. could attend B. attended C. have attended D. could have attended
20. He’s always talking like that, as if the whole world _____to him alone.
A. had belonged B. belonged C. were belonging D. were belonged
21. The TV play for tonight won’t be interesting. Even if it _____, I might not have time for it.
A. would be B. be C. had been D. were
22. Without your help, I _____ in my English study.
A. would not have succeeded B. hadn’t succeeded
C. will not succeed D. won’t have succeeded
23. The workers in France demanded that the their pay _____ from the following week on.
A. would be raised B. was raised C. be raised D. raised
24. My suggestion is that we _____ the sports met.
A. would put off B. should put off C. putted off D. be put off
25. The monitor made a proposal that the whole class _____the matter.
A. discussed B. would discuss C. be discussed D. discuss
26. It is necessary that our drinking water _____ cleaner.
A. should be made B. is made C. would be made D. was made
27. It is high time that our child _____ to do some housework.
A. learned B. learn C. will learn D. would learn
28. They stopped at Hangzhou so that they _____ the West Lake.
A. will visit B. can visit C. may visit D. might visit
29. _____ it _____ for your help, I couldn’t have make any progress.
A. Were; not B. Had; not been C. Should; not been D. Did; be
30. You are late again. You _____ here earlier.
A. should come B. will come
C. should have come D. will have come
31. Don’t come this afternoon. I’d rather you _____ tomorrow.
A. come B. to come C. came D. will come
32. He took his raincoat with him lest it _____.
A. rained B. should rain C. would rain D. will rain
33. John was very busy last week, otherwise, he _____ to attend the meeting.
A. would have come B. would come C. should come D. came
34. _____ I to tell her about it, she would be very glad.
A. Should B. Would C. Were D. Might
35. Without sunlight or water or air, there _____ no life on the earth.
A. will have B. would be C. should be D. must be
36. It was ordered that no smoking _____ in the library.
A. is allowed B. be allowed C. should allow D. will be allowed
37. _____ I known he was in trouble, I might have managed to help him.
A. If B. When C. Unless D. Had
38. You _____ there by taxi yesterday, it is not far from here.
A. couldn’t have gone B. should have gone
C. needn’t have gone D. mustn’t have gone
39. I would have gone there with you but I _____ too tired then.
A. were B. had been C. was D. have been
40. --Did you go to see the football match yesterday?
--No, I didn’t feel well, but I would have gone if I _____.
A. did B. have C. would D. had
41. _____the friendship between us last forever!
A. Could B. Will C. May D. Wish
42. --Where have you been?
--I got caught in traffic; _____ I could have been here soon.
A. otherwise B. however C. though D. anyway
43. If my lawyer _____ here last Saturday, he _____ me from going.
A. had been; would have prevented B. had been; would prevent
C. were; would prevent D. were; would have prevented
44. If it _____ for the snow, we _____ the mountain yesterday.
A. were not; could have climbed B. were not; could climb
C. had not been; could have climbed D. had not been; could climb
45. We _____ last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A. must have studied B. might study
C. should have studied D. would study
46. --There were already five people in the car but they managed to take me as well.
--It _____ a comfortable journey.
A. can’t be B. shouldn’t be
C. mustn’t have been D. couldn’t have been
47. I was really anxious about you. You _____ home without a word.
A. mustn’t leave B. shouldn’t have left
C. couldn’t have left D. needn’t leave
48. _____ your letter, I would have started off two days ago.
A. If I received B. Should I receive
C. If I could have received D. Had I received
49. It is strange that she _____ so.
A. think B. thinks C. will think D. thought
50. He suggested that the meeting _____ put off.
A. not be B. should not C. wouldn’t D. be not
51. She would rather ____ more money on books _____ on clothes.
A. cost; not B. to spare; don’t C. pay; than D. spend; than
52. What would have happened if you _____ her child?
A. hadn’t helped B. couldn’t help C. wouldn’t help D. didn’t help
53. If I _____ with her last summer, I _____ with her now.
A. worked; am getting on very well B. had worked; would get on very well
C. had worked; would have got on very well D. had worked; will get on very well
54. The old professor gave orders that the experiment _____ before 6.
A. was finished B. will finish C. be finished D. shall be finished
55. The thief closed his eyes _____ he _____ dying.
A. even if; was B. though; would be C. when; had been D. as if; were
56. I wish _____ my uncle yesterday.
A. had met B. would met C. met D. have met
57. Without his help, we _____ such rapid progress.
A. don’t make B. wouldn’t make C. didn’t make D. wouldn’t have made
58. _____ so busy, she would come to help you.
A. Should my daughter B. Was my daughter not
C. If my daughter were not D. If my daughter isn’t
59. If you _____ any problem, please don’t hesitate to ask your teacher.
A. have B. would have
C. are going to have D. will have
60. What do you think of the suggestion that she _____ at the meeting last week?
A. should make B. make C. made D. A or B
61. If only I _____ to my parents’ advice!
A. listening B. listen C. am listening D. had listened
62. But for the snow, we _____ earlier.
A. will arrive B. should have arrived C. arrive D. arrived
63. Here’s an umbrella in case you _____ it.
A. should use B. needed C. needing D. to need
64. It is natural that he _____ his mind.
A. changes B. changing C. change D. to change
65. It is a pity Mr. Zhang isn’t here. If he _____, my parents would be happier.
A. comes B. has come C. came D. had come
66. _____ you succeed and _____ you be healthy.
A. May; may B. Wish; wish C. Hope; hope D. Should; may
67. It’s high time he _____ home.
A. goes B. went C. will go D. is going to go
68. I hoped _____ my letter.
A. her to answer B. that she would answer
C. that she will answer D. her answering
69. I was very busy yesterday, otherwise I _____ to the meeting.
A. came B. would come C. had come D. would have come
70. If she knew as much about music as you do, my daughter _____ much better.
A. play B. must play C. will play D. would play
71. “Jane wants to see you tomorrow.”
“I would rather she _____ today than tomorrow.”
A. comes B. should come C. come D. came
72. The secretary listened carefully _____ he might discover exactly what she wanted.
A. so as that B. in case C. in order that D. providing
73. Supposing the weather _____ bad, where would they go?
A. will be B. is C. were D. be
74. Without the leadership of the Party, there _____ no New China.
A. would be B. has been C. was D. should be
75. The work would require that _____ at 5 every morning.
A. she has been there B. she was there C. she be there D. she will be there
76. The little hero’s pale face suggested he _____ dead.
A. is B. was C. should be D. be
77. Galileo insisted that the earth _____ round the sun.
A. should move B. move C. moves D. A or B
78. The rice _____ if you had been more careful.
A. wouldn’t be burning B. would not burn
C. wouldn’t have been burnt D. would not burnt
79. _____ I known it, I should have told him.
A. Have B. Had C. Having D. If
80. If Alice _____ this afternoon, the meeting should be put off.
A. would not come B. might not come C. should not come D. could not come
81. If you had gone to a doctor, you _____ all right now.
A. are B. were C. would have been D. would be
82. It is necessary that we _____ a foreign language.
A. must master B. ought to master C. master ed D. should master
83. My idea is that we _____ to our plan.
A. must stick B. ought to stick C. should stick D. will stick
84. He _____ into trouble if he had taken our advice.
A. would have not got B. Had not got
C. wouldn’t have got D. didn’t get
85. I didn’t see her in the meeting room this morning. She _____ at the meeting.
A. mustn’t have spoken B. shouldn’t have spoken
C. needn’t have spoken D. couldn’t have spoken
86. One ought _____ for what one hasn’t done.
A. not to be punished B. to not be punished C. to not punished D. not be punished
87. If you really want yourself to be in good health, you must _____ always _____ so much.
A. not; be smoking B. not; have smoked C. not; to smoke D. be not; smoking
88. With so much work on hand, you _____ to see the game last night.
A. mustn’t go B. shouldn’t go
C. couldn’t have gone D. shouldn’t have gone
89. Most of the students felt rather disappointed at the English party. They say that it _____ better organized.
A. had been B. had to be C. must have been D. could have been
90. I’m surprised that he _____ in the exam.
A. should fail B. would have failed C. may have failed D. should have failed
1-10 DCBBD CDBDA 11-20 DCCBA ACADB 21-30 DACBD AADBC 31-40 CBACB BDCCD 41-50 CAACC DBDAA 51-60 DABCD ADCAC 61-70 DBACD ABBDD 71-80 DCCAC BCCBC 81-90 DDCCD AADDD
2009年高考虚拟语气巩固练习
一、一般形式的虚拟语气
(1)The picture exhibition bored me to death; I wish I （had not gone/did not go） to it. ---“I let Joe borrow our radio for the afternoon.” ---“That’s all right, but I wish he (would have bought /would buy) one of his own.” (2) His father had hoped that his son (would go/ would have gone )to business with him, but his son became an artist later. (3) I would prefer he (didn’t stay/stay )there too long. I would just as soon you (didn’t return/had returned )the book yesterday.
(4）It is high time that we (have put/put) an end to this discussion.
(5）The business of each day,( be /was) it selling goods or shipping them, went quite smoothly. (6）The bad man was put in the soft-padded cell lest he( should injure /injure) himself. (7) If it had not been for his help(=but for his help),we(would not have succeeded /would not succeed). (8) She looks as if she (had cried/would cry). (9) If I were in a movie, then it would be about time that I (should burry/buried) my head in my hands for a cry. 二、特殊形式的虚拟语气 1.She advised that we (keep)the gate locked. She advised us (keep)the gate locked. She advised (keep)the gate locked. 2、It is essential that he (prepare) for this. It is essential for him (prepare)for this. 3． This is their resolution that extra-curriculum activities (make) part of their school life. 三、混合虚拟语气 1.If you that late movie last night, you wouldn’t be so sleepy. A. haven’t watched B. didn’t watch C. hadn’t watched D. wouldn’t have watched 2.I would have gone to visit him in the hospital had it been at all possible,
but I fully (occupy)the whole of last week. 四、含蓄虚拟条件句 （1） the leadership of the party, we could not be living a happy today.
A. In spite of B. But for C. Because of D. As for (2) The foreign teacher spoke slowly in case we (should misunderstand/misunderstood) him.
（3）I thought the children when we returned home, but they were still awake. A. were sleeping B. would be sleeping C. had been sleeping D. would sleep
(4) A(little/ less) conscientious man wouldn’t have tried so hard to get this job done. (5) (Knowing/Having known) in time, we might have prevented the accident. (6) She(is /would be) stupid not to accept his invitation. (7) A diligent student (would work/would have worked) harder. (8) All things considered, the price (should be/would be) reasonable. (9) Anyone who( had been/were) in your position would have done the same. (10）I should have called to make an airline reservation, but I( did/didn’t). (11)All magnets behave the same, be they large or small. ( = ) She’ll be sixteen years odd, come May.( = ). If that be so( = ), we shall take action at once.
五.综合练习
1. But for the snow, we _____ earlier.
A. will arrive B. should have arrived C. arrive D. arrived
2. Here’s an umbrella in case you _____ it.
A. should use B. needed C. needing D. to need
3. It is natural that he _____ his mind.
A. changes B. changing C. change D. to change
4. It is a pity Mr. Zhang isn’t here. If he _____, my parents would be happier.
A. comes B. has come C. came D. had come
5. _____ you succeed and _____ you be healthy.
A. May; may B. Wish; wish C. Hope; hope D. Should; may
6. It’s high time he _____ home.
A. goes B. went C. will go D. is going to go
7. I hoped _____ my letter.
A. her to answer B. that she would answer
C. that she will answer D. her answering
8. I was very busy yesterday, otherwise I _____ to the meeting.
A. came B. would come C. had come D. would have come
9. If she knew as much about music as you do, my daughter _____ much better. A. play B. must play C. will play D. would play
10. “Jane wants to see you tomorrow.”
“I would rather she _____ today than tomorrow.”
A. comes B. should come C. come D. came
11. The secretary listened carefully _____ he might discover exactly what she wanted.A. so as that B. in case C. in order that D. providing
12. Supposing the weather _____ bad, where would they go?
A. will be B. is C. were D. be
13. Without the leadership of the Party, there _____ no New China.
A. would be B. has been C. was D. should be
14. The work would require that _____ at 5 every morning.
A. she has been there B. she was there C. she be there D. she will be there
15. The little hero’s pale face suggested he _____ dead.
A. is B. was C. should be D. be
16. Galileo insisted that the earth _____ round the sun.
A. should move B. move C. moves D. A or B
17. The rice _____ if you had been more careful.
A. wouldn’t be burning B. would not burn
C. wouldn’t have been burnt D. would not burnt
18. _____ I known it, I should have told him.
A. Have B. Had C. Having D. If
19. It is necessary that we _____ a foreign language.
A. must master B. ought to master C. master ed D. should master
20. My idea is that we _____ to our plan.
A. must stick B. ought to stick C. should stick D. will stick
2009英语词根词缀记忆大全
第一部分 通过词缀认识单词
（常用前缀一） 1、a- ① 加在单词或词根前面，表示"不，无，非" acentric 无中心的（a+centric中心的） asocial 不好社交的（a+social好社交的） amoral 非道德性的（a+moral道德的；注意：immoral不道德的） apolitical. 不关政治的（a+political政治的） anemia 反常的（a+nomal正常的+ous） ② 加在单词前，表示"在…，…的" asleep 睡着的（a+sleep睡觉） aside 在边上（a+side旁边） ahead 在前地（a+head头） alive 活的（a+live活） awash .泛滥的（a+wash冲洗）
2、ab-,abs-加在词根前，表示"相反，变坏，离去"等 abnormal 反常的（ab+normal正常的） abuse 滥用（ab+use用→用坏→滥用） absorb 吸收（ab+sorb吸收→吸收掉） absent 缺席的（ab+sent出现→没有出现→缺席的） abduct 诱拐（ab+duct引导→引走→诱拐） abject 可怜的（ab+ject抛→抛掉→可怜的） abstract 抽象的；心不在焉的（abs+tract拉→被拉开→心不在焉） abstain 戒绝（abs+tain拿住→不再拿住→戒绝） abscond 潜逃（abs+cond藏→藏起来→潜逃） abscind 废除（abs+cind剪切→切掉→废除） abscise 切除（abs+cise剪→剪掉→切除） abstinence 节制；禁欲（abs+tin拿住+ense→不在拿住→戒除，禁欲）
3、ab-,ac-,ad-,af-,ag-,an-,ap-,ar-,as-,at-等加在同辅音字母的词根前，表示"一再"等加强意 accelerate陪伴（ac+company伙伴→陪伴） accentuate加速（ac+celer速度→一再增加速度） accomplish强制（ac+cent唱歌→一再唱出→强调） accumulate积累（ac+cumul堆积+ate→堆积起来→积累） accustom使习惯（ac+custom习俗→习惯习俗） addict上瘾，入迷（ad+dict说→一再说起→对……入迷） additive上瘾的（addict的形容词） adduce引证，举例（ad+duce引导→一再引导→举例说明） affable亲切的（af+fable说话→不断可以说话→亲切） afford买得起（af+ford拿出→一再拿出{钱}→买得起） affirm肯定（af+firm坚定→肯定） aggression侵略，进攻（ag+gress走+ion→一再往前走→进攻） aggrandize扩大（ag+grand大→一再大→扩大[权力]等） aggravate恶化（ag+grav重+ate病加重） announce通告（an+nounce通知→通告） appal使震惊（ap+pal白色→[脸]变白→受惊） applause鼓掌（ap+pease赞扬→一再赞扬→鼓掌） appreciate欣赏（ap+reci价值+ate→一再给价→欣赏） appoint指定，任命（ap+point指→指定） arrange安排（ar+range排列→安排） arrest逮捕，阻止（ar+rest休息→不让动→逮捕） arrive到达（ar+rive河→到达河边→达到目标） assault进攻（as+saul跳→跳起来→进攻） assiduous勤奋的（as+sid坐+uous→一再坐着[学习] →勤奋） assist帮助（as+sist站→站过来→帮助） associate联合，结合（as+soci社团+ate→结成团队→联合） assimilate吸收；同化（as+simil相同+ate→成为相同→同化） assure肯定；确信（as+sure确定→一不再确定→肯定） attach附上；依恋（at+tach接角→接触上→附上） attain达到；获得（at+tain拿住→获得） attend（at+tend关心→关心到了→出度） attract吸引（拉→拉过来→吸引） attest证实（at+test试验→一再试验→证实）
4、ad-加在在单词或词根前，表示"做…，加强…" adapt适应（ad+apt能力→有适应能力） adept熟练的（ad+ept能力→有做事能力→熟练的） adopt收养；采纳（ad+opt选择→选出来→采纳） adhere坚持（ad+here粘→粘在一起→坚持） adjacent邻近的（ad+jacent躺→躺在一起→邻近的） adjoin贴近；毗连（ad+join参加→参加在一起→贴近） administrate管理；执行（ad+ministr部长+ate→做部长→管理） admire羡慕（ad+mire惊奇→惊喜；羡慕） adumbrate预示（ad+umbr影子+ate→[将来的]影子出现→预示） adjust调整（ad+just+正确→弄正确→调整） adventure冒险（ad+venture冒险） admonish告诫，警告（ad+mon警告+ish→一再警告） advent来临，来到（ad+vent来→来到） 5、amphi-表示"两个，两种" amphibian两栖动物（amphi+bi生命+an→两个生命→两栖动物） amphicar水陆两用车（amphi+car车→两用车） 6、an-在词根前，表示"不，无" anarchism无政府主义（an+arch统治+ism→无统治→无政府主义） anharmonic不和谐的(an+hamonic和谐的→不和谐的) anechoic无回声的（an+echo回声+ic→无回声的） anonymous匿名的（an+onym名字+ous→匿名的） 7、ana-表示"错误，在旁边，分开" analogy类比；类似(ana+logy讲话→再旁边讲→讲一样的东西→类似) analogous类似的（analogy的形容词） analysis分析（ana+lysis分开→分开来→分析）
8、ante-表示"前面，先" antedate提前写日期；先于，早于（ante+date日期→提前写日期） anterior前面的（ante+erior[…的] →前面的） antecedent（aute+ced走+ent→走在前面的[事] →前事）
9、anti-表示"反对，相反" antiwar反战的（anti+war战争） antipathy反感（anti+pathy感情） antithesis对立；反论（anti+thesis论文；观点） antibacterial 抗菌的（anti+bacterial细菌的） antibody抗体（anti+body身体）
10、人，人类-anthrop(o) anthropology[anthropo人类，-logy…学者]人类学 anthropologist[anthropo人类，-logist…学者]人类学者 anthropogeography[anthropo人类，gegoraphy地理学]人类地理学 anthropomorphous[anthropo人，morph形，-ous…的]有人形的，似人的 anthroposociology [anthropo人类，sociology社会学]人类社会学 11、人民―（1）popul population[popul人民→居民，-ation名词字尾]全体居民，人口 populous [popul人民→居民，-ous…的]人口稠密的 populate [popul人民，-ate动词字尾，使…,做…]使人民居住于…中，使人口集中在…之中，移民于…. Repopulate [re-再，重新，见上]使人民重新居住于… Depopulate [de-除去，去掉，popul人民→人口，-ate使…]使（某地）人口减少，减少人口 Popularity[见上，-ity名词字尾，表示性质]大众性，通俗性 Popularize[见上，- ize…化，使…](使)大众化，（使）普及，推广 Popularizer[见上，-er者]普及者，推广者 Popularization[见上，-ation表示行为]普及，推广，通俗化 Populace[popul人民→平民，-ace名词字尾]平民，大众 人民－（２）dem(o) democracy[demo人民，cracy统治；"人民统治"→人民做主→]民主；民主政治，民主政体；民主主义 democrat[见上，crat主张…统治的人]民主主义者 democratism[见上，-ism主义]民主主义 democratize[见上，-ize…化]民主化；使民主化 democratic[见上，-ic…的]民主的，民主主义的；民主政体的 demography[demo人民→人数，人口，graphy写，记录→统计]人口统计学 demographic[见上，-ic…的]人口统计的 epidemic[epi-在…之间，dem人民，-ic…的；"流行于人民之中的" →]流行的，传染的；流行病，时疫 epidemiology[见上，- io-连接字母，-logy…学]流行病学 epidemiologist[见上，-logist…学者]流行病学者 epidemiological[见上，-logical…学的]流行病学的 男－（１）andr(o) androgyne[andro男人，gyn女人]具有男妇两性的人，阴阳人 androgynism[andro男，gyn女，-ism表性质状态]半男半女 男－（２）vir virile[vir男，ile形容词字尾，…的]男的，男性的，男子的，有男子气概的，有男性生殖力的 virilism[见上，-ism表示现象]男性现象 virility[见上，-ity表示性质]男子气概，男生殖力，男子的成年
女－（1）gyn(o); gynec(o) gynecology[gyneco妇女，-logy…学]妇科学，妇科 gynecologist[见上，-ist人]妇科医生 gynecian[gynec妇女，-ian…的]妇女的，妇人的 女－（2）fem; femin female[fem女，妇女]女性的，妇女的；女子 feminine[femin女，-ine…的]女性的，妇女的 femininity[femin女，-ality表示性质]女性，妇女的特性 femininity[feminine(e)女性的，-ity表示性质]女子的气质，女人气，妇女总称 feminism[femin女，-ism主义]男女平等主义；[-ism表示行为]争取女权运动 femme妇女；妻子
12、be- ① 构成动词，表示"使…成为" beguile欺骗（be+guile欺骗） belie掩盖（be+lie说慌） bequeath遗留给，传下（be+queath要求→要求给某人→遗留给） besiege围攻(be+siege包围→包围起来) beware注意（be+ware注意） befriend友好对待（be+friend朋友） befool欺骗（be+fool笨蛋→使人成笨蛋→欺骗别人） befall降临；发生（be+fall掉下→掉下来→发生） belittle小看(be+little小→小看人) bewilder使…迷惑（be+wilder迷惑） ② 构成一些介词 before在前面（be+fore前面） beneath在下面（be+neath下面）
13、bene- 表示"善，好" benewolent好意的（bene+vol意愿+ent→好意的） benefaction好事；恩惠（bene+fact做+ion→好事） benefit好处，利益（bene+fit做→做事后的好处→利益） benediction祝福（bene+dict说+ion→说好话） beneficent仁慈的，善行的（bene+fic做+ent→做好事的）
14、bi-表示"两个，两" biweekly双周刊（bi+week星期+ly→两星期） bilingual双语种的（bi+lingu语言+al→双语的） biennial两年一次的（bi+enn年+ial→两年〔一次〕的） biannual一年两次的（bi+ann[年]+ual→一年两次的） 15、by-表示"在旁边，副的" byproduct副产品（by+product产品） byroad辅路（by+road路） byway小道（by+way小路） bygone过时的（by+gone过去的） bypass旁路；忽略（by+pass通过→从旁边通过→忽略） by work副业（by+work工作）
16、circum-表示"环绕，周围"
circumcise环割（circum+cise切→环切） circumference周长（circum+fer带来→ence→带来一圈→周长） circumnavigate环航世界（circum+navigate航行） circumscribe限制（circum+scribe写→规定范围→限制） circumspect小心谨慎的（circum+stance站→站在周围→环境） circumvent回避（circum+vent走→绕圈走→回避）
17、co-表示"共同"，通常放在元音词根前
Cooperation合作(co+operation操作→共同操作→合作) Coagulate凝结(co+agul凝聚+ate→凝聚起来) Coalesce联合；合作(co+al=ally联盟+esce) Coexist共存(co+exist存在) Cohere附着；粘着(co+here粘→粘在一起) Coincide一致，符合，巧合(co+in进+cide掉下→共同掉进来→巧合) Coordinate协调：同等的(co+ordin顺序+ate→顺序一样→同等的引申为平等；协调) 18、col-,cor在同辅音词根前，表示"共同"
collaboration协作；合著(col+labor劳动+ation→共同劳动) collocate并置，排列(col+loc地方+ate→放在同一地方→排列) co lingual用同一种语言的(col+lingu语言+al→同语言的) collapse倒塌(col+lapse滑倒→全部滑倒→倒塌) collate校对(col+late放→放到一起→校对) collateral并列的，并行的(col+later边→al→周边的→并列的) colleague同事(col+→league捆绑→捆绑在一起的人→同事) collect收集(col+lect选择→放在一起选择→收集) collegiate学院的； 学生的(col+legi读+ate→共同读书→学院的) colloquial口语的(col+loqu说+ial→两人一起说→口语会话的) collusion共谋，勾结(col+lus玩+ion→共同玩弄→共谋) correct改正，纠正(cor+rect正→全部改正→纠正) correspond通信；符合(cor+respond反应→共同反应→相互通信) corrupt腐败的；变环的(cor+rupt断→全部断→变坏的，腐败的) corrigible能够改正的(cor+rig改正+ible→全部改正的) corroborate证实(cor+robor力量+ate→用力量→证实) 19、com-,con-表示"共同"
combine联合，结合(com+bine捆→捆在一起→结合) compassion同情(com+passion爱国者→同胞) compatriot同胞(com+patriot动→大家一起动→动乱) commend赞扬；推荐(com+mend信任；命令→大家信任→赞扬；参考；recommend) commemorate纪念(com+memor记住+ate→大家一起记住→纪念) commensurable相等的，相称的(com+mensur测量+able→能放在一起的测量→相等的) comparison比较(com+pari平等+son→一起平等→比较) compact紧密的；合同(com+pact压紧→全部压紧→紧密的) comfort安慰(com+fort加强→[精神]强大→安慰) commodious宽敞的(com+mod动+ious→共同动→有动的地方→宽敞的) compete比赛(com+pete追求→一起追→比赛) component成分(com+pon放+ent→放到一起[的东西]→成分) compress压缩(com+press压→一起压→压缩) concentric同中心的(con+centric中心的) contemporary同时代的(con+tempor时间+ary→同时间的) conclude结束；总结(con+clude关闭→全部关闭→结束) confirm坚定；证实(con+firm坚定) condense凝结；浓缩(con+dense 浓密的) consolidate巩固，加强(con+solid坚固+ate→成为大家的财产→没收)
Conflict冲突（con+flict打→一起打斗→冲突） Confluence汇流（con+flu流＋ence→共同流→汇流） Congregate集合的，聚集的（con+greg集合＋ate→集合到一起→聚集的） Console安慰（con+sole安慰→一起安慰） 20.contra-表示"反对，相反" contrary相反的（contra+ary→相反的） contradict反驳；矛盾（contra+dict说→反着说→反驳） contravene违反，违背（contra+vene走→反着走→违反） contraband走私（contra+band命令→违反命令做事→走私；参考：ban禁止） 21.counter-表示"反对，相反" counteract对抗；抵消（counter+act行为→反着行动→对抗） counterbalance平衡（counter+balance平衡→两边一样→达到平衡） countermand撤消（counter+mand命令→反命令→撤消〔命令〕） 22.de- ① 表示"去掉，变坏，离开，变慢，向下"等
destruction破坏（de+struct结构；建造＋ion→弄坏结构→破坏） desalt除去盐分（de+salt盐→去掉盐分） deforest砍伐森林（de+forest森林→去掉森林） devalue降低价值（de+value价值→去掉价值） depress压制，压抑（de+press压→向下压→压制） detrain下火车（de+train火车） decelerate减速（de+celer速度＋ate→使速度变慢） decode破译（de+code密码→去掉密码） defame诽谤，中伤（de+fame名声→名声变坏→诽谤） ② 表示"使…成为，加强"等
delimit 划定界限（de+limit限定→加强限定） depict描绘（de+pict图画→成为图画→描绘） design设计；计划（de+sign做标志→设计） definition定义；清晰（de+fin界限＋ition→划出界限→定义）
23.di-
① 表示"两个，双"
dichromatic两色的（di+chrom颜色+atic→两色的） dioxide二氧化物（di+ox氧＋ide→二氧化物） dilemma进退两难（di+lemma争论→二种争论→进退两难） dichotomize分成二，对分（dicho=di+tom切割+ize→切成二分）
② 表示"使…变成，分开，离开"
dilate膨胀，扩大（di+late放→分开放→扩大） dilute冲淡，稀释(di+lute冲洗→冲洗开→冲淡) digest消化；文摘（di+gest带→带下去→消化→经过消化后的精华→文摘） diminish减少；消失（di+mini小+ish→变小，减少） digress离题（di+gress走→走开→离题） divide分开（di+vide分开→分开） divorce离婚（di+vorce=vert转→从〔丈夫身边〕转开→离婚；参考：divert转开）
父，祖－patr(i); part(o); pater
patriarch[patri父，祖arch首脑，长]家长；族长 patriarchal[见上，－al…的]家长的；族长的；家长似的 patriot[patri祖→祖国，-ot名词字尾，表示人]爱祖国者，爱国主义者 patriotic〔见上，-otic形容词字尾，…的〕爱国的 patriotism[见上，-ism主义]爱国主义；爱国心 unpatriotic〔un-不，见上〕不爱国的 patenal〔pater父，-n-,-al…的〕父亲的，父系的 paternalism[见上，-ism表示行为，现象]家长式统治，家长作风
母－matr(i); mater; metro
matriarch[matri母→女性，arch首脑，长]女族长；女家长 matrimony[matri母→婚姻，-mony名词字尾]婚姻，结婚 matrimonial〔见上，-al…的〕婚姻的，结婚的 matron〔mart母，-on表示人〕主妇，老妇 matronage[见上，－age名词字尾]主妇的身份或职责 maternal[matr母，-n-,-al…的]母亲的，母性的 maternity[见上，－ity名词字尾]母性的，母性的 metropolis[metro母，polis城市；"母城" →首城，最大的城]大城市，主要城市，大都会，首府
24.dia-表示"穿过，二者之间" dialogue对话（dia+logue话→对着说话） diameter直径（dia+meter测量→对着测量〔圆〕直径） diaphanous透明的；精致的（dia+phan显示＋ous→对面显示〔影子〕→透明的） dialectic辩证法（dia+lect讲+ic→二人对讲→辩证法） diagnosis诊断（dia+gnosis知道→穿过〔皮肤〕知道→诊断） diagram图表（dia+gram→交叉对着画→图表） 25.dif-和辅音重复表示"不，否定，分开"
differ不同（dif+fer带来→带来不同→不同） difference不同（differ的名词） diffident自卑的（dit+fid相信＋ent→不相信〔自己〕→自卑的） diffuse散布的，散开的（dif+fusc流→分开流→散布的） difficult困难的（dif+fic做＋ult→不好做→困难的） difform不同形式的；不规则的（dif+form形状→形状不同） 26.dis- ① 表示"不，消失掉"
dislike不喜欢（dis+like喜爱→不喜爱） disorder无秩序（dis+order顺序→没有顺序） dishonest不诚实的（dis+honest诚实的） disappear消失（dis+appear出现→不出现→消失） disproof反证，反驳（dis+proof证实→不证实→反证） discourage使失去勇气（dis+courage勇气） disarm解除武装（dis+arm武装→去掉武装） dispel驱除，消除（dis+pel推→推开→驱除） dispassionate平心静气的（dis+passionate有激情的） discover发现（dis+cover盖→把盖揭开→发现） dismay沮丧（dis+may能够→不能做事→沮丧；参考：五月能种粮食，所以叫May） ② 表示"分开，分离"
disseminate散布，传播（dis+semin种子＋ate→散布〔种子〕） dispense分配（dis+pense花费→分开花费→分配〔财富等〕） distract分心（dis+tract拉→把〔心〕拉开→分心） distend膨胀（dis+tend拉→分开拉→膨胀） discriminate辨别；歧视（dis+crimin分辨→ate→分辩开） dismiss解散；开除（dis+miss送→送出→解散） disburse支付，支出（dis+burse钱包→从钱包中分出→支出） discard丢弃，抛弃（dis+card扔→扔出去） discuss讨论（dis+cuss敲打→把〔问题〕分开敲→讨论）
27.dys-表示"坏，不良" dyspepsia消化不良（dys+peps消化；胃＋ia病→消化不好） dystrophy营养不良（dys+trophy营养）
28.e-,ef-表示"出，出来"
elongate延长，拉长（e+long长＋ate→长出来） elaborate精工细做的（e+labor劳动＋ate→劳动出来→精做的） eject投出，掷出（e+ject掷→掷出） emerge浮现（e+merge投入；淹没→淹没的东西出现→浮现） evade逃出，逃避（e+vade走→走出去→逃避） eradicate根除，灭绝（e+radic根＋ate→把根挖出→根除） effluence流出（ef+flu流＋ence→流出） 29.em-,en- ① 表示"进入…之中，包围" embrace拥抱（em+brace胳膊→进入怀抱） embed安置；嵌于（em+bed范围；床→进入范围→安置） empathy感情相融的（em+pathy感情→进入感情） embarrass使难堪（em+barrass套子→进入套子→难堪） embattle整军备战（em+battle战斗） enroll注册，记入名册（en+roll名单） encage关入笼中（en+cage笼子） enchain束缚（en+chain锁链） ② 表示"使…进入状态"
empower授权（em+power权力） embitter使痛苦（em+bitter痛苦的） embody体现（em+body身体→〔精神〕进入身体→体现） embellish装饰（em+bell美好＋ish→进入美好→装饰） emboss使凸出（em+boss凸出→使凸出） emphreal天空的（em+pyre火+al→进入火、太阳→天空的） enact制定；颁布（en+act行动→进入行动→颁布〔法令〕） enchant使迷醉（en+chant咒语→被咒语所迷醉） encompass包围，围绕（en+compass包围） endanger使危险（en+danger危险） encourage鼓励（en+courage勇气→使人进入勇气→鼓励） enlighten启发，开导（en+ligh光＋en→给人光明→启发）
30.epi-表示"在….上，在….周围，在….后面"
epidemic流行性的（epi+dem人民＋ic→在人民周围→流行的） epigram警句，格言（epi+gram写→写在上面的话→格言） epilogue后记，结尾部分（epi+lougue说→在后面说的话→后记） episode一段经历，片段（epi+sode路→在路上→一段经历；片段） epitome梗概，缩影（epi+tome卷册→〔一卷书后的〕梗概） 31.eu-表示"好，优秀" eulogize赞美（eu+log说＋ize→说好话） euphemism委婉的词语（eu+phem讲话＋ism→讲好话） euphonious声音优美的（eu+phon声音＋ious→声音好听的） eurhythmic协调的（eu+rhythm节奏＋ic） euphoria幸福愉快感（eu+phor带来＋ia→带来美好→愉快） eugenics优生学（eu+gen产出＋ics→产生优秀〔后代〕→优秀生）
32.ex- ① 表示"出，出去" exclude排外（ex+clude关闭→关出去→排外） expel赶出，逐出（ex+pel推→推出去→逐出） expose暴露（ex+plse放→放出去→暴露） exalt使升高（ex+alt高→高出来→升高） extract抽出，拔出（ex+tract拉→拉出→拔出） excise切除(ex+cise切→切出→切除) exceed超过，超出（ex+ceed走→走出→超出） exhale呼气（ex+hale气→出气→呼气） exhume掘出，挖出（ex+hume土→出土→挖出） expurgate净化；删去（ex+purg冲洗＋ate→冲洗出来→净化） ② 表示"前面的，前任的"
ex-wife前妻（ex前+wife妻子） ex-president前任总统（ex前+president总统） 33.exo-表示"外部的，外面" exotic来自异国的（exo+tic→从外面来的） exoteric外界的，外面的（exo+teric→外面的） exocentric外向的，离心的（exo+centric中心的） exosphere外大气层（exo+sphere球；大气层） exodus大批移出（exo+odus大批量） exothermic放出热量的（exo+therm热＋ic→热外出→放热） 34.extra-表示"以外的，超过的" extracurriculum课外的(extra+curriculum课程表) extraordinary格外的（extra+ordinary变通的→超出普通） extrasolar 太阳系以外的（extra+solar太阳的） extraneous外来的（extra+aneous…的→从外面来的） extravagant奢侈的（extra+vag走＋ant→走得过分→奢侈的） extrovert性格外向的（extra+vert转→〔性格〕向外转→外向） extrapolate推断（extra+polate放→放到〔事实〕外→推断） extraviolet紫外线的（extra+violet紫色的） 35.fore-表示"前面，预先"
forestall阻止（fore+stall阻止） forebode预兆；凶兆（fore+bode兆头→预兆） forefather前人，祖先（fore+father父亲；祖先） forearm前人，祖先（fore+amr胳膊） forecast预料（fore+cast扔→预先扔下→预料） foreshadow预示，暗示（fore+shadow影子→影子预先来）
36.hetero-表示“异类，异种” heterosexual异性的（hetero+sexual性别的） heterodoxy异教，异端（hetero+doxy观点→观点不同） heterogeneous异类的，不同的（hetero+gen产生＋eous→产生不同的）
37.homo-表示“同类的” homogeneous同类的；同族的（homo+gen产生＋eous→产生相同的） homosexual同性恋的（homo+sexual性别的） homocentric同中心的（home+centric中心的） 相同的方面治疗） homogenize使一致（home+gen产生＋ize→产生一致→使一致）
38.hyper-表示“超过，太多” hyperactive活动过度的（hyper+active活动的） hypersensitive过敏的（hyper+sensitive敏感的） hypercritical吹毛求疵的（hyper+critical批评的） hyperbole夸张法（hyper+bole抛→活抛得高→夸张） hypertension过度紧张；高血压（hyper+tension紧张）
39.hypo-表示“下面，次等” hypodermic皮下的（hypo+derm皮＋ic） hypothesis假说，假设（hypo+thesis论文→还不是正式的理论→假说） hypomnesia记忆力减退（hypo+mnes记忆+ia→记忆变得不好） hypotrophy发育不良(hypo+trophy营养→营养不够→〔导致〕发育不良) 40.il-,ir- ① 放在同辅音词根前表示“不，无”
illegal非法的（il+legal合法的） illiterate 不识字的（il+literate认字的） illogical不合逻辑的（il+logical逻辑的） illimitable无限的（il+limit限制+able） irregular不规则的（ir+regular规则的） irrational不合理的（ir+rational合理的） irrelative无关的（ir+relative相关的） irresolute无决断力的（ir+resolute果断的） irreproadchable 无可指责的（ir+reproachable能被指责的） irrefutable无可反驳的（ir+refutable可反驳的） irresistible不可抗拒的（ir+resistible可抗拒的） irrevocable不可取消的（ir+revocable可取消的；来自：revoke取消） ② 表示“使….成为，进入” illustrate说明，阐明（il+lustr光＋ate→进入光明→说明） illuminate照亮；使明白（il+lumin光+ate→进入光明→说明） illusion幻觉（il+lus玩弄+ion→被〔幻觉〕玩弄→幻觉） illusory虚幻的（来自illusion） irruption闯入，冲入（ir+rupt断＋ion→打断〔别人〕→闯入） irradiate使明亮，生辉（ir+radi发光+ate→发光→生辉） irritate激怒；刺激（ir+rit擦+ate→进入磨擦→激怒）
41.im-,in- ① 表示“不，无，非” impossible不可能的（im+plssible可能的） immoral不道德的（im+moral道德的） impolite无礼的（im+polite礼貌的） impartial公平的（im+partial有偏见的） impassive无动于衷的（im+pass感情+ive→没感情） impeccable无瑕疵的（im+pecc斑点+able→无斑点的） immortal不朽的（im+mortal死的） immutable不变的（im+mutable可变的） inglorious不光彩的（in+glori光荣+ous→不光荣的） incapable无能力的（in+capable有能力的） inhuman不人道的（in+human人道的） injustice不公正（in+justice公正） incorrigible积习难改的（in+corrigible可改正的） inconstant多变的，无常的（in+constant稳定的） indifferent冷漠的（in+different不同的→同与不同的“事不关已” →冷漠的） innocuous无害的（in+noc毒害+ous→无害的） inimitable无可比拟的（in+imit模仿+able→不能模仿的） insubordinate不服从的，反抗的（in+subordnate服从的） ② 表示“向内，进入” imprison监禁（im+prison监狱） impel驱动（im+pel推→推进，驱动） imperil处于危险中（im+peril危险） impulse冲动（im+pulse跳动→冲动） implicit含蓄的（im+plic重叠+it→进入重叠→不直说→储蓄的） impersonate扮演，模仿（im+person人+ate→进入别人→扮演别人） inborn天生的（in+born出生的） inaugurate举行就职典礼（in+augur预兆，开始+ate→进入开始→就职；参考：augury预兆） incentive激励（in+cent唱歌+ive→把精神唱进去→激励） incorporate合并，并入（in+corpor团体+ate→成为团体） inflame使燃烧；激怒（in+flame火焰） inspired有灵感的（in+spired有呼吸的→有生命的，有灵感的） indoor户内的（in+door门→门内的）
42.inter-表示“在…之间，相互” international国际的（inter+national国家的） interpersonal人与人之间的（inter+personal个人的） interpose置于，介入（inter+pose放→放在二者之间） intersect横断（inter+sect切割 →在中间切→横断） intervene干涉（inter+vene走→走在二者之间→干涉） interaction相互影响（inter+action行动→相互行动→影响） interchangeable可互换的（inter+changeable可改变的） interlude（活动间的）休息（inter+lude玩→在中间玩→活动间休息） interrelate相互关连（inter+relate关连）
43.intro-表示“向内，入内” introduce引入，介绍（intro+duce引→引进） introspect内省，反省（intro+pect看→向内看→内省） introvert内向（intro+vert转→向内转→内向） intromit插入，干预（intro+mit放→放进去→插入） introversible可向内翻的（intro+vers转＋able→能向内转的）
44.macro-表示“宏伟，大” macroworld宏观世界（macro+world世界） macrostructure宏观结构（macro+structure结构） macroscale大规模的（macro+scale规模） macrobian长寿的（macro+bi生命＋an→大生命→长寿） macroclimate大气候（macro+climate气候）
45.mal-表示“坏，恶”（亦作male） malcontent不满的（mal+content满意的） malpractice不法行为（mal+practice做事，实践→做坏事） malnutrition营养不良（mal+nutrition营养） malediction诅咒（male+dict说+ion→说坏话） malefaction坏事，恶行（male+fact做+ion→做坏事） malodor恶臭（mal+odor气味） maltreat虐待（mal+treat对待） malapropism字的误用（mala＋prop恰当+ism→[用字]不恰当；来自一喜剧中的Mrs.Malaprop,以用词错误闻名） malevolent恶意的（male+vol意志+ent→坏意志） maladroit笨拙的（mal+adroit灵巧的）
46.micro-表示“微，小” microscope显微镜（micro+scope看→看小东西→显微镜） microworld微观世界（micro+world世界） microskirt超短裙（micro+skirt裙子） microwave微波（micro＋wave波） microbe微生物（micro+be=bi生命→小生命→微生物） microbiology微生物学（micro+bilolgy生物学） microfilm微缩胶卷（micro+film胶片） 47.mini-表示“小” minibus小公共汽车（mini+bus公共汽车） miniskirt超短裙（mini＋skirt裙子） miniwar小规模战争（mini+war战争） miniature小画象，缩影（mini+ature表示物品→小物品→小画象） minify使…缩小（mini+fy→小化） minimal最低限度的（minim=mini+al→最小的） minimum最小量（minim+um） minion仆人（minim+on→小人〔仆人自称小人〕） deminish缩小的，减少的（de+mini小+ish→使…小→缩小）
48.mis-表示“错误，坏” mistake错误（mis+take拿→拿错→错误） misspell拼写错误（mis+spell拼写） misunderstand误解（mis+understand理解） misdoing坏事（mis+doing做事） misrule对…施暴政（mis+rule统治→统治不善） misfortune不幸（mis+fortune幸运的） mistrust不信任（mis+trust相信） misanthrope愤世嫉俗者（mis+anthrope人→不喜欢人） miscreant恶棍（mis+creant做事的人→做坏事的人） mishap坏运气，不幸（mis+hap运气→运气不好） mischievous恶作剧的（mis+chiev＝chief首领＋ous→做坏事的首领）
49.mono-表示“单个，一个” monarch君主，独裁者（mon+arch统治者→一个统治者） monogamy 一夫一妻制（mono+gamy婚姻） monologue独白（mono+logue说话→一个人说话→独白） monopoly垄断（mono+poly→独家卖→垄断） monotonous单调的（mono+ton声音+ous→一个声音→单调的）
50.Multi-表示”很多,很多”
multilingual a. 多种语言的(multi+lingual方向的) multidirectional a. 多方向的(multi+directional方向的) multiple a.多样的;多功能的(multi+pile→多的→多功能的) multiply a.乘;繁殖(multi+ply表动词→变多→乘) multiform a.多种多样的(multi+form形式) multicultural a.多种文化的(multi+cultural文化的) multimedia a.多媒体的(multi+media媒介) multitude a.多数;群众(multi+tude状态→多的状态→多数) 51.neo-表示”新的” neonatal a.新生的,被生的(neo+natal出生的) neogamist a.新婚者(neo+gamist结婚者) neolithic a.新石器时代的(neo+lith石头+ic) neophilia a.喜新成癖(neo+phil爱+ia 病→爱新的病) neologism a.新词(neo+log词语+ism→新词语) neoteric a.新近的;现代的(neo+oteric表形容词→新近的) 52.non-表示”不,非” nonexistent a.不存在的(non+existent存在的) nonsmoking a.不准吸烟的(non+smoking吸烟的) nonstop a.直达的(non+stop停止→不停→直达的) na.冷漠的(non+chalant关心的→不关心的) nonconformist n.不遵循传统竽活的人(non+conform一致+ist→[和传统]不一致的人) 53.omni-表示”全部.到处” omnipresent a.无所不在的(omni+present出现的) omnipotent a.全能的(omni+potent的能力的) omniscient a.无所示在的(omni+scient知道的) 54.out- ① 表示”超过.过度”
outdo v.胜过,战胜(out+do做→做得超出别人) outlive v.活得比…长(out+live活→超过别人活着) outnumber v.在数量上超过(out+number数量) outsize a.过大的(out+size范围→范围超出) outwear v.穿破(out+wear穿→穿出了[洞]) outwit v.以机智取胜(out+wit机智→机智超出别人) outbid v.出价多于(他人)(out+bid出价→出价超出) outlaw n.歹徒(out+law法律→超越法律之人) ② 表示”出去.过时” outside ad.在外面(out+side旁边→在外边) outgoing a.友善的(out+going走→走出来→心胸宽→待人友善的) outlandish a.奇异的(out+land地→ish→外地来的→奇异的) outrage n.粗暴,暴行(out+rage怒气→怒气外露→粗暴) outskirts n.郊区(out+skirts裙子;城市周边→郊区) outflow v.流出(out+flow流→流出) outbreak n.爆发(out+break断裂→事情断裂→爆发) outline n.大纲;轮廓(out+line线条→划出线条→大纲) outmoded a.过时的(out+moded时髦的→出了时髦→不时髦的)
55.over- ① 表示”过度,过分”
overstudy n.用功过度(over+study学习) overwork n.过度劳累(over+work工作) overact v.表演过火(over+act演出) overdose n.药物过量(over+dose剂量) overproduction n.生产过度(over+productoin生产) overcrowded a.挤满的(over+crowded拥挤的) ② 表示”在……之上” overlap nv.重叠(over+lap交叉→[大腿]交叉→重叠) iverride v.推翻,不理会(over+ride骑→骑在上面→推翻[下面的]) overwhelm v.压倒;泛滥(over+whelm推翻→翻过来→压倒) overbridge n.天桥(over+bridge桥→上面的桥→天桥) overlook v.俯视;疏忽(over+look看→在上面看→俯视,z上申为疏忽) overcoat n.外套(over+coat衣服→在衣服上的衣服→外套) overcome v.战胜,克服(over+come来→来到上面→战胜) ③表示“翻转”
overturn 颠覆（over+rurn转→翻转） overthrow 推翻（over+throw扔→扔翻了→推翻） overhaul彻底检修（over+haul拉→拉过去检修） 56.paleo 表示:”古,旧” paleozoology n. 古动物学(paleo+zoology动物学) Paleotechnic a. 古代技术的(paleo+technic技术的) Paleontology n. 古生物学(paleo+notology存在学→古代存在学→古生物学;参考:ontology本体论) 57.pan-表示“广泛的”
pan-American 泛美的 pandemic 大范围流行的（pan+dem人民＋in→人民广泛〔染病〕→广为流行的） panorama 全景，概观（pan+orama视力→视力所及→全景） panegyric颂词；颂扬(pan+egyr聚集+ic→聚集一堂→颂扬〔国王〕) pansophic 全知的（pan+soph智慧→ic→智慧广→都知道）
58.para- ① 表示“半，类似，辅助”
parastatal 半官方的（para+sttal国家的） parapolitical 半政治的（para+political政治的） ② 表示“在旁边”
paradigm范例，示范（para+digm显示→在旁边显示给〔别人〕→示范） paradox矛盾的说法（para+dox观点→观点边上有观点→矛盾） paragon典范（para+gon角→旁边顶尖人物→典范） paralogism不合逻辑的推论（para+logism逻辑→在逻辑边上→不是逻辑） ③ 表示“降落伞”
parachute降落伞（para+chute降下） paradrop空投，空降（para+drop扔下） 59.pen-表示“近似，差不多” peninsula 半岛（pen+insula岛→似岛一样→半岛） penultimate倒数第二的（pen+ultimate最终→靠近最终一个→倒数第二）
60.per- ① 表示“贯穿，自始至终”
perspective透视的（per+spect看＋ive→看透了→透视的） perennial全年的（per+ennial年→全年的） perspire出汗（per+spire呼吸→全身呼吸→出汗） permanent永久的（per+man拿住＋ent→永久拿住→永恒的） persist坚持（per+sist站→站到最后→坚持） persuade劝说（per+suade劝→一直劝→劝说）
percussion敲打（per+cuss震＋ion→震动→敲打） perspicacious独具慧眼的（per+spic看＋acious→全部看到→独具慧眼） pernicious有害的，有毒的（per+nic毒+ious→有毒的） perplexed困惑的（per+plex重叠+ed→全部重叠在一起→困惑了） perforate打洞（per+forate打孔→打孔穿过→打洞） permeate渗透（per+me走+ate→走过去→渗透过去） ② 表示“假，坏” perfidy不忠，背叛（per+fid相信＋y→假相信→不忠诚） perjury伪证，假誓（per+jur发誓＋y→假发誓；参考：jury陪审团） perfunctory 草率的（per+funct作用+ory→没起好作用→草率的） perpetrate做坏事；犯罪（per+petr=patr父亲＋ate→以父亲式态度对待别人→专横，做坏事） pervert堕落，滥用（per+vert转→转向坏→堕落） 61.peri-表示“周围，靠近”
perigon周角，360度角（peri+gon角） perimeter周边（peri+meter测量→测量一圈→周边） periphery外围，不重要部分（peri+pher带有＋y→带到周围→外围） 62.poly-表示“多” polyandry一妻多制（poly+andry男人） polyglot通晓多种语言者（poly+math数学；知识） polyfunctional多功能的（poly+functional有功能的）
63.post- ① 表示“在后面” postwar战后的（post+war战争） postpone推迟（post+phone放→放到后面→推迟） postgraduate大学毕业后的（post+graduate毕业） postface刊后语（post+face脸；前面→后面的脸→刊后语） posterior较后的（post＋erity表名词→后面的人→子孙） ② 表示“邮件，邮政” postage邮资（post+age钱；状态） postoffice邮局（post+office办公室） postcard明信片（post+card卡片） postal邮政的（post+al）
64.pre－表示“….前的，预先”
preschool 学龄前的（pre+school学校→上学前的） prehistory 史前(pre+history历史) prefix 前缀(pre+fix固定→固定在前面→前缀) preposition 前置词,介词(pre+position位置→位置放在前面→前置词) prepay 预付(pre+pay付钱) prebuilt 预制的(pre+built建造) preamble 前言,绪言(pre+amble跑→跑在前面→前言) precaution 预防措施(pre+caution小心→预先小心→预防) precede (在时间上)先于,早于(pre+cede走→走在前面→[时间上]先于) precedent 先例(pre+ced走+ent→走在前面的东西→先例) precept 规范;格言(pre+cept拿→以前拿好的[名言]→格言) precinct 区域,范围(pre+cinct捆→预先捆好的→范围) precipice 峭壁(pre+cipice头→在前面是尽头→峭壁) precipitation 降落,仓促(pre+cipit头→ation→落在前头→降落,下降) precise 精确的,精细的(pre+cise切→预先切好的→精确的) preclude 妨碍;阻止(pre+clude关闭→提前关闭→阻止) precocious 早熟的(pre+cocious熟→提前煮熟→早熟的) predict 预言,预报(pre+dict说→预先说→预言) predisposition 倾向,癖性(pre+disposition性情→性情预定→癖性) preoccupation 全神贯注(pre+occup占有+ation→优先占有(注意力) →全神贯注) prescient 有先见之明的(pre+scient知道的→预先知道) prerogative 权利,特权(pre+rog要求+ative→预先要求→(有)特权) 65．Pro- ① 表示“向前，在前” progress 进步（pro+gress走→向前走） project 投射出;工程项目(pro+ject+扔+扔向前面→投射;引申为工程项目) prologue 前言,序言(pro+logue说→在前面说→前言) promote 促进;提升(pro+mote动→向前动→促进) protrude 向前突出(pro+trude突出→向前突出) propel 推进(pro+pel推→向前推) proficient 精通的;熟练的(pro+fici做+ent→做在[别人] 前面→精通) profile 侧面像;轮廓(pro+file纱线→前面的线条) profess 公开表明,坦白(pro+fess说→在前面说坦白) prodigious (数量等)巨大的(pro=pro+ig=act做→做在前面,做得多→大量的) proclivity 倾向性,癖性(pro+cliv倾斜+ity→向前倾斜) procure (费心)取得,获得(pro+cure关心→关心在前→[想要]获得) prominent 显著的,杰出的(pro+min伸+ent→向前伸出→杰出的) prosecute 检举;指控(pro+secu追随+ate→追随到[法院]前面→检举;指控) prospect 景象,前景(pro+spect看→向前看→前景) provident 顾及未来的,有远见的(pro+vid看+ent→向前看的→有远见的) provoke 激怒,刺激(pro+voke喊→在[你]前面喊→激怒[你])
② 表示“很多…” procrastinate 拖延(pro+crastin明天+ate→有许多明天明日复明日→拖延) procreate 生育(pro+create创造→创造很多→生儿育女) profligate 浪费的,挥霍的(pro+flig打出+ate→把钱不断的打出去→挥霍) proliferate 繁殖,增殖(pro+lifer带来+ate→带来很多生命→繁殖) profit 利润,收益(pro+fit做→做很多→做得好→利润) profuse 大量的,丰富的(pro+fuse流→流很多→大量的) prolific 多产的,多育的(pro+lif带来+ic→带来东西→多产的) prosperous 兴旺的,繁荣的(pro+sper希望+ous→希望很多→兴旺的) ③ 表示“赞同，亲…” pro-American 亲美的 proslavery 赞成奴隶制的(pro+slavery奴隶制) proabortionist 赞成堕胎者的(pro+abortion堕胎+ist)
67.paeudo-表示“假，伪” pseudo 假的,虚伪的 pseudonym 假名,笔名(pseudo+nym名字) pseudoscience 伪科学(pseudo+science科学) pseudograph 冒名作品(pseudo+graph写→写出的假东西) pseudology 谎话(pseudo+ology说话→学科说假话) 68.re- ①表示“向后，相反，不”
reflect 回想;反射(re+flect弯曲→反弯曲→反射) retreat 后退,撤退(re+treat拉→拉回来→撤退) retract 缩回;收回(re+tract拉→拉回,缩回) resist 反抗,抵抗(re+sist站→反着站→反抗) reverse 反转的,颠倒的(re+verse转→反转的) revolt 反叛(re+volt转→反过转→反叛) resent 忿恨,不满(re+sent感觉→反感→不满) relinquish 不再采取行动,放弃(re+linqu离开+ish→离开不再要→放弃) renegade撤消； 取消（re+peal呼吁→反呼吁→取消；参考：appeal呼吁） repel驱除，击退（re+pel推→击退） repose休息；躺下（re+plse放→入下〔工作〕→休息） reprobate道德败坏之人（re+prob正直＋ate→不正直→败坏） repugnant令人厌恶的（re+pugn打＋ant→[把人]打回去→〔行为〕令人厌恶的） resonant回响的；洪亮的（re+son声音+ant→声音回过来→回响的）
②表示“一再，重新”
resplendent辉湟的（re+splend光辉＋ent→再光辉→辉煌的） reappear再出现（re+appear出现） rearrage重新安排（re+arrange安排） reassure消除某人疑虑（re+assure放心） recapitulate重述；概括（re+capit头＋ulate→重新把头拿出来→概括要点） recidivism重新犯罪（re+cidiv掉下＋ism→再次掉入罪行） reclaim取回,回收（re+claim喊→喊回来→取回，引申为开垦荒地） recommend赞扬；推荐（re+commend赞扬→一再赞扬） recompense报酬；赔偿（re+compense补偿） refurbish刷新；擦亮（re+furbish装饰→再装饰→刷新） regenerate改过自新的（re+gener产生＋ate→重新产生生命→改过自新的） reincarnate化生，转生(re+in入＋carn肉＋ate→重新进入肉体→产生) reinstate重新恢复职位（re+in+state国家，权力→重新进入权力） reiterate重申（re+iterate重说→反复重说） resurgence复兴，再起（re+surg浪浪潮＋ence→重起浪潮→复兴） reverberate起回声，反响（re+verber震动＋ate→重新震动→起回声）
69.retro-表示“向后，倒退”
retrograd后退，倒退（retro+grade走→向后走） retrogress倒退，退化（retro+gress走→向后走） retrospect回顾，回想（retro+spect看→向后看） retroaction倒行，反动（retro+action行动→向后行动→倒行逆施） retroject向后投射（retro+ject扔→向后扔） retrovert把….翻转；使倒退（retro+vert转→向后转→侄退）
70.se-表示“分开，离开，区别开”
secede正式退出（组织）（se+cede走→走开→退出） seclude和别人隔离；隐居（se+clude关闭→分开关→隐居的） secrete分泌；藏匿（se+crete分辨→分辨开→分泌；藏起来；） sedition煽动叛乱（sed=se+it走＋ion→分开走→煽动叛乱） seduce勾引，诱惑（se+duce引→引开→勾引别人） segregate隔离（se+greg群＋ate→和人群分开→隔离） sever切断；脱离（se+ver分开→分离开→切断） select选出（se+lect选→选出分开）
71.sub- ① 表示“在下面，次一等，副手”
subdue征服；减轻（sub+due从属→从属在下面→征服） subjugate镇压；征服（sub+jug牛轭＋ate→套上牛轭→镇压） subliminal潜意识的（sub+limin门槛＋al→在门槛下→在意识之下→潜意识的） submerge沉没，淹没(sub+merge淹没→淹没下去) submissive恭顺的（sub+miss给→ive→在下面给→恭顺的） subordinate附属的（sub+ordin顺序＋ate→顺序在下→附属的） suborn收买，贿赂（sub+orn装饰→在下面装饰→贿赂） subscribe捐献，订购（sub+scribe写→在下面写上名字→订购） subside下陷；平息（sub+terr地＋anean→地下的） subterranean地下的（sub+terr转→转下去→推翻） subcontinent次大陆（sub+continetn大陆） subtropics亚热带（sub+tropics热带） subtitle副标题（sub+tropics热带） subeditor助理编辑（sub+editor编辑） suboffice分办事处（sub+office办公室） ② 表示“接近，靠近” subcentral接近中心的（sub+central中心的） subaratic近北极的（sub+arctic北极的） subadult接近成年的（sub+adult成年人） subacid略酸的（sub+acid酸） subarid有点干燥的（sub+arid干燥的）
72. suc-, suf-, sup-, sur-等在同辅音词根前表示“在…下面”
succeed 成功（suc+ceed走→从下走到上面→成功） succinct简洁的，简明的（suc+cinct捆→在下面先捆好→简洁的） succumb屈从；死亡（suc+cumb躺→躺下去→屈从；死亡） sufficient足够的（suf+fici做+ent→在下面先做好，用的时候→足够的） suffer受苦（suf+fer带→带到下面去→受苦） suffix后缀（suf+fix固定→在后面固定→后缀） suffocate窒息（suf+foc喉咙＋ate→把〔手〕放喉咙下→窒息） suffuse弥漫，染遍（suf+fuse流→流下去→流遍，染遍） supplant排挤，取代（sup+plant种植→种在下面，把上面的取代） supplicant哀求的恳求的（sup+plic重量＋ant→双膝重叠跪下→哀求的） supplicate恳求,乞求（sup+plic重叠＋ate→〔膝盖〕重叠跪下→恳求） support支持（sup+port带→带来支持） suppress镇压，压制（sup+press压→压下去） suppose猜想，推测（sup+pose放→放下去想→猜想） surreptitious鬼鬼崇崇的（sur+rept爬＋itious→在下面爬→鬼鬼崇崇的） surrogate代替品；代理人（sur+rog要求＋ate→要求下面〔有人〕→代理人） surround包围（sur+round圆圈→在下面围一圈） surrounding环境（surround+ing→被围起来的状态→环境） 73. sur-表示“超过，在上面”
surface表面（sur+face脸面） surpass超过（sur+pass通过→在上面通过→超越） surrealism超现实主义（sur+realism现实主义） surmount登上，超越（sur+mount山→在山上→登上） surplus多余的（sur+plus多余；加→多出很多） surcharge附加费（sur+charge收费→额外的收费→附加费） surveillance临视；看守（sur+veil看＋lance→在上面看→临视） survival幸存，生存（sur+viv活＋al→经过事故活着→幸存）
74. super- ① 表示“超级，超过，过度”
supersized超大型的（super+sized有范围的） supersonic超音速的（super+sonic声音的） supernatural超自然的（super+natural自然的） superfluous多余的（super+flu流＋ous→流出太多） supercilious目中无人的（super+cili眉毛＋ous→在眉毛上看人→目中无人） supersensitive过度敏感的（super+sensitive敏感的） supercharge负载过重（super+chrage收费，负担→负担过重） ② 表示“在…上面”
supervise临视（super+vise看→在上面看→临视） superstructure上层建筑（super+structure结构） superimpose放…上面，强加（super+impose放上去→在上面放→强加） superficial肤浅的（super+fic做＋ial→在表面上做） superintend监督（super+intend关心→在上面关心→监督） supersede淘汰；取代（super+sede坐→坐上去→淘汰〔以前的东西〕） superstition迷信（super+stit站+ion→站在人〔理智〕之上的东西→迷信）
75.sus-表示“在…下面” susceptible易受感染的，易受影响的（sus+cept拿+ible→能被拿下→易受影响） susceptive有接受力的；敏感的（sus+cept拿+ive→有拿下的能力→有接受力的） suspect怀疑（sus+pect看→在下面看一看→怀疑） suspend悬挂，中止（sus+pend挂→挂在下面→悬挂） suspense担心；悬而不决（sus+pense挂→一颗心挂着） suspire叹息，渴望（sus+pire呼吸→喝望） sustain支撑；承受（sus+tain握住→在下面握住→支撑） sustenance生活资料，粮食（sus+ten支撑＋ance→支撑下去的东西→粮食；坚持） 76.sym-,syn-表示“共同，相同” sympathy同情（sym+pathy感情） symphony交响乐（sym+phony声音） symmetry对称（sym+metry测量→两边测量一样→对称） symbiosis共生（sym+bio生命+sis→共同生命） symposium专题讨论会（sym+pos放+ium→放在一起〔讨论〕→专题讨论） synchronous同时发生的（syn+chron时间＋ous→共同时间的） synonym同义词（syn+onym名字→名字相同→同义词） synthesis合成（syn+thesis放→放在一起→合成） synopsis摘要，概要（syn+ops选择+is→共同选出→摘要） syndrome综合症状（syn+drome跑→跑到一起→综合症） 77.trans- ① 表示“横过，越过”
transcontinetal横贯大陆的（trans+continental大陆的） transnormal超出常规的（trans+noraml正常的） transcend超越，胜过（trans+scend爬→爬过→超越） transgress冒犯；违背（trans+gress走→横着走→冒犯） transmit传送，传播（trans+mit送→横着送消息→传播） transparent透明的（trans+par平等＋ent→横穿过去看得一样清楚→透明的） transect横切，横断（trans+sect切→横切）
② 表示“变换，改变，转移” tranplant移植（trans+plant种→转移过去→移植） transaction交易；办理（trans+action行动→交换行动→交易） transcribe抄写，转录（trans+scribe写→把写的东西移到〔另一张纸上〕→抄写） transfigure改观；变形（trans+figure形状→改变形状） transfuse输血；充满（trans+fuse流→〔血〕流过去→输血） transitory短暂的（trans+it走＋ory→走过就变→输血） transmogrify变得古怪，变形（trans+mogr怪形状＋ify→变成怪形状） 78.ultra- ① 表示“极端”
ultrapure极纯的（ultra＋pure纯的） ultramilitant极端好战的（ultra+militant好斗的） ultraclean极洁净的（ultra+clean干净的） ultra-reactionary极端反动的（ultra+reactionary反动的） ultraliberal极端自由主义的（ultra+liberal自由的） ② 表示“超出，超过”
ultrasonic超音速的（ultra+sonic声音的） ultramodern超现代化的（ultra+modern现代化的） ultramundane超俗的（ultra+mudane俗气的） ultrared红外线的（ultra+red红色的） ultraviolet紫外线的（ultra+violet紫色的）
79.un- ① 表示“不，无，非，没有” unreal不真实（un+real真实的） unequal不平等的（un+equal平等的） unfortunate不幸的（un+fortunate幸运的） unabashed不害臊的（un＋abashed难为情的） unassuming不摆架子的（un+assuming自以为是的） uncommitted不承担责任的（un+committed担责任的） unscrupulous肆无忌惮的（un+scrupulosu小心的） untoward不幸的；逆境的（un+toward顺利的→不顺的） unconditional无条件的(un+conditional有条件的) unlimitted无限的（un+limited有限的） unambitious无野心的（un+ambitious有雄心的） unconscionable无节制的（un+conscionabe明智的） unfailing无尽的，无穷的（un+failing有尽头；失败的→没有尽头的） unofficial非官方的（un+official官方的） unjust非正义的（un+just公正的） unworldly非尘世的（un+worldly世俗的） uneducated未受教育的（un+educated有教养的） uncivilized未开化的（un+civilized文明的） undecided未决定的（un+decided决定的） unalloyed未掺杂的（un+alloy合金，混合＋ed→没混合的） uncharted图上没标明的（un+chared图上标明的） ② 表示“打开，解开，弄出” unlock开锁（un+lock锁） unbind解开（un+bind捆住） unbutton解开钮扣（un+botton钮扣） uncover揭开盖子（un+cover盖子） undress脱衣服（un+dress衣服） untomb掘墓（un+tomb墓） unearth从地下挖出（un+earth土地） unbosom吐露）（un+bosom胸→打开心胸→吐露） unravel解开；拆散（un+ravel纠缠）
80.under- ① 表示“在…下” underground地下的（under+ground地） underwrite在…下面写（under+write写） underline划线于…下（under+line线，在字底下划线，引申为强调） undersea在海底（under+sea海） undermine破坏，损坏（under+mine挖→挖墙角） underling下属（under+ling小人物→下属） underclothing内衣裤（under+clothing衣服） underwear内衣（under+wear穿衣服） ② 表示“不足，不够”
underestimate估计不足（under+estimate估计） underplay对…轻描淡写（under+play玩→没玩够→说得不够的） underpopulated人口稀少的（under+populated有人住的） underdeveloped不发达的（under+developed发展→发展不够） undersized不够大的（under+sized大的→不够大的） ③ 表示“副手” underagent副代理人（under+agent代理人） underofficer下级官员（under+officer官员） 第二部分 通过词缀认识单词 （常用前缀二）
1. cata-表示“向下，相反，离开”
cataclysm洪水；大灾难（cata离开＋clysm洪水，冲→被洪水冲掉→大灾难） catalog目录（cata向下＋log说→在下面要说的话→目录） catastrophe灾难，大祸（cata+strophe转→转下去→灾难临头） cataract大瀑布（cata+ract冲→向下冲→瀑布）
2. deca-表示“十”
decagon十角形（deca+gon角） decameter十米（deca+meter米）
3. deci-表示“十分之一”
decimeter十分之一米（deci+meter米） decigram十分之一克（deci+gram克） decimate大量毁灭（decim=deci+ate→杀十分之一，大批杀死）
4. demi-表示“半”
demigod半神半人（demi+god神） demilune半月（demi+lune月亮） demirep名声不好的女人（demi+rep=reputation名声→名声一半不好） demi-fixed半固定的
5. endo-表示“内部”
endogenous内生的，自生的（endo+gen产生+ous→内部产生的） endocardial心脏内的（endo+card心＋ial）
6. hecto-表示“百，许多”
hectogram一百克（hecto+gram克） hectowatt一百瓦（hecto+watt瓦） 7. hemi-表示“半”
hemisphere半球（hemi+sphere球） hemicycle半圆形（hemi+cycle圆，循环）
8. hepta-表示“七”
heptagon七角形（hepta+gon角） heptaglot使用七种语言的（hepta+glot语言，舌头）
9. hexa-表示“六” hexagon六角形（hexa+gon角）
10. holo-表示“全部” holography全息摄影（holo+graphy写→全部写下→全息摄影） 11. intra-表示“在内，内部” intraparty党内的（intra+party党） intracollegiate大学内的（intra+collegiate大学的，学院的） intrapersonal个人内心的（intra+personal个人的） intranational国内的（intra+national国家的）
12. iso-表示“等，同”
isotherm等温线（iso+therm热） isogeny同源（iso+geny产生→共同产生→同源） isomorphic同形的（iso+morhp形状+ic）
13. kilo-表示“一千” kilogram公斤（kilo+gram克→一千克，公斤） kilometer公里（kilo+meter米→一千米，公里） kilowatt千瓦（kilo+watt瓦） 14. meta-表示“超过，改变” metabolism新陈代谢（mata+bol抛＋ism→抛〔旧〕变新） metamorphism变形；变性（meta+morph形状+ism→变形） metaphor隐喻（meta+phor带来→〔语言〕改变着说→隐喻） metaphysis形而上学（meta+physics物质；物理→物质之上的学科→形而上学） metapsy超心理学，灵学（meta+psych心灵＋ology学科）
15. milli-表示“千，千分之一” millennial一千年的（mill+enn年＋ial） millimeter毫米（milli+meter→千分之一米）
16. ob-表示“逆，倒，加强意义”
oblique倾斜的（ob+lique歪斜→歪斜的） oblivion忘却，忘记（ob+liv活＋ion→[记忆]不活了→忘记） obscure模糊的（obs=ob+cure关心→不关心→记不住了→模糊的） obsolete过时的（ob离开＋sol太阳＋ete→离开太阳了→放在角落不用了） obsolete钝的；愚蠢的（ob+tuse可能来自use→不能用了→钝的）
17. octa-表示“八”（亦作octo） octagon八角形（octa+gon角） october十月 octolateral八边的（octo+lateral边的） 18. penta-表示“五” pentagon五角形；五角大楼（penta+gon角） pentagram五角星形（penta+gram写，图→五角形图形） pentoxide五氧化物（pent+penta+oxide氧化物）
19. quadri-, quadru-表示“四” quadrangle四角形（quadr+angle角） quadricycle四轮车（quadri+cycle轮子） quadrilateral四边的（quadri+lateral边）
20. quasi-表示“类似，准” quasi-official半官方的 quasi-judicial准司法性的
21. semi-表示“半”
semimonthly半月刊（semi+monthly月刊） semicolony半殖民地（semi+colony殖民地） semiconductor半导体（semi+conductor导体） semicircle半圆（semi+circle圆） semiautomatic半自动的（semi+automatic自动的）
22. sept,septi-表示“七” septangle七角形（sept+angle角） septiateral七边的（septi+lateral边） september九月
23. sex-表示“六” sexangle六角形（sex+angle角） sexfoil六叶形（sex+foil树叶→六叶；）
24. step-表示“后，继或前夫（妻）所生” stepfather继父 stepdaughter前夫（妻）之女 stepbrother异父（母）兄弟
25. stereo-表示“立体”
stereosonic立体声的（stereo+sonic声音的） sterograph立体照片（stereo+graph写，照片；） stereoram立体图（stereo+gram写，图→立体图）
26. supra-表示“超….” Supra-class超阶级的 Supranatonal超国家的 Supramundane超现世的（supra+mundane世俗的）
27. tetra-表示“四” tetracycline四环素（tetra+cycl环，圈＋ine素） tetragon四角形（tetra+gon角）
28. tri-表示“三” triangle三角形（tri+angle角） tricycle三轮脚踏车（tri+cycle轮子） triple三倍的（tri+ple=ply表示增加） tripod三脚架（tri+pod脚） 29. twi-表示“二，两” twilight黎明，黄昏（twi+light光→黑白光交替） twiformed有两种形式的（twi+form形状＋ed）
30. uni-表示“一个，单一” uniform一贯的，一致的（uni+form形状） unique独一无二（uni+que表形容词） unison和谐，协调（uni+son声音→一个声音→和谐） 31. vice-表示“副” vice-president副总统 vice-manager副经理
32. with-表示“向后，相反” withdraw撤消，撤退（with+draw拉→向相反拉→撤退） withdrawn隐退（with+drawn被拉→被拉回去→隐退的） withhold阻止（with+hold拿住→拿住不让向前→阻止）
第三部分 通过词根认识单词 （常用词根一）
1. acid, acri, acrid, acu=sour, sharp, 表示“尖，酸，锐利”
acid酸的 acidify酸化（acid+ify…化→酸化） acidity酸度，酸性（acid+ity性质→酸性） acidulous微酸的（acid+ulous有…的→有酸味的） acrid辛辣的；类刻的（acrimony的形容词） acute尖锐的，敏锐的 acuity尖锐，敏锐（acu+ity性质→尖的性质→尖锐） acumen敏锐，聪明（acu+men表示名词→尖→敏锐） acupuncture针炙（acu尖＋punct点＋ure→用尖〔针〕点→针炙） acme顶点，顶峰（acumen的变体） 2. act=to do , to drive,表示“行动，做”
act 行为 acting演技 activity活动（act+ivity状态→活动状态） activate使…活动，起动（act+ivate使…→使…活动） actualize实现（actual实际的＋ize化→实际化→实现） enact实施，颁布（en+act→使〔法律〕动→实施法律） exact强求；精确的（ex出+act→[要求]做出来→强求） exacting苛求的（exact+ing） interact相互作用（inter相互＋act→相互动→相互作用） react反应；反抗（re反＋act→反动；反应） transact做交易；办理（trans横＋act→横向动→互相贸易或交易） counteract抵抗；抵消（counter反＋act→反着动→力量对抗→抵消） inactivity不活跃（in不＋activity活跃）
3. aer, aero, aeri=air,表示“空气，充气”等 aerate通气；充气（aer+ate表动词） aerial空气的（aeri+al表形容词） aeriform无形的，非实体的（aeri+form形状→空气的形状→无形的） aeromechanics航空力学（aero+mechanics机械学） aerology气象学，大气学（aero+ology学科→空气学→大气学） aerospace（大气层内外）空间（aero+space空间） aerosphere大气层（aero+sphere球形→球形空气→大气层） aeroview鸟瞰图（aero+view看→在空气中看→鸟瞰）
4. ag=do, act, 表示“做，代理做”
agenda议事日程（ag+enda表示复数→做的事情→议程） agile灵活的，敏捷的（ag+ile能…的→能做的→灵活的） agitate鼓动；搅动（ag+itate表动作→反复作→鼓动） agitation鼓动，煽动（agitate+ion） agitator鼓动者（agitate+or人→鼓动的人） agitating使人不安的（agitate+ing） agent作用因素；代理人（ag+ent表人或物→做的人→代理人） agency代理处（ag+ency表示机构或状态→代理机构） coagent合作者（co共同＋agent→共同做的人） counteragent反作用剂；反抗力（counter+agent作用因素→反作用→反抗力） reagent反应力；试剂（re再+agent作用→再次作用→反应，引申为化学试剂） 5. agri, agro, agr=field, land, 表示“田地，农业”等
agriculture农业（agri+culture培养） agronomy农学（agro+nomy学科→农科） agraran土地的，农业的（agr+arian表形容词→土地的） agrimotor农用拖拉机（agri+motor机动车） agrobiology农业生物学（agro+bilolgy生物学） 6. alter, altern, ali=other, to change, 表示“其他的，改变状态”
alter变更，改变（alter其他的→变成〔其它的〕） alterable可改变的（alter+able能…的） alteration改造，改变（alter+ation表名词） alternation交互，交错（alternate+ion） alternative二者择一（的）（来自alternate交替，交替选择的方法） alien外国的，外来的（ali+en表形容词或名词→其他地方的→外国的，外国人的） alienate疏远（alien外国的＋ate→把别人当外国人→疏远） 7. am, amor, amat=love,表示“爱，情爱”
amatory恋爱的；色情的（amat+ory→爱的 ） amiable和蔼的，友善的（ami+able能…的→能〔被〕爱的→亲切的） amicable友好的，温和的（am+ic+able→能爱〔你〕的→友好的） amity友好，和睦（am+ity状态→爱的状态→和睦） enmity敌意，仇恨（en进入＋am+ity→合成enmity,爱太多的成为恨） 8. ambul=walk,表示“行走，走路”
ambulance 救护车，流动医院（ambul+ance→走的东西→救护车） ambulant走动的，流动的（ambul+ant） circumambulate环行，绕…而行（circum绕圈+ambul+ate→绕着走） somnambulate梦游，梦行（sonm睡＋ambul+ate→睡着走→梦游） perambulate游历，巡游（per到处＋ambul+ate→到处走遍→游历）
9. anim=life,spirit, 表示“生命，精神”等
aniaml动物（anim+al→有生命的东西→动物） animate使有生气，活泼（anim+ate→使有生命） animation生动；动画（animate的名词） inanimate无生命的（in无＋anim+ate生命） magnanimous心胸博大的（magn大＋anim生命＋ous→大生命→心胸博大） unanimous意见一致的（un+anim生命＋ous→[大家]同一个生命→一致的） equanimity平静；沉着（equ平等＋anim生命＋ity→生命平等→平静） animosity憎恨，憎恶（anim+osity多的状态→生命太多→由爱变恨→仇恨） 10. ann, enn=year,表示“年，一年”
annual 一年一度的（ann+ual） anniversary周年纪念（anni+vers转＋ary→一年转到一次→周年纪念日） annuity年金；养老金（annu+ity每年的东西→年金） perennial终年的；长期的（per始终＋ennial年的→终年的） 11. anthrop=man,human,表示“人，人类”
anthropology人类学（anthrop+ology学科） philanthropist博爱主义者（phil爱＋anthrop人＋ist→爱人的家→博爱家） 12. opt,ept=fit, ability,表示“适应，能力”
apt有倾向的，适当的 aptitude适应能力；才能（apt+itude表示状态→有能力的状态） aptly适当地（apt+ly） adapt使适应，适应(环境)（ad一再＋apt→一再适应〔环境〕） adaptable有适应能力的（adapt适应＋able能…的） adaptation适应，（书）改写本（adapt+ation→适应→适应〔各种人〕的书→改写本） inapt不适当的；无能的（in无＋apt能力） adept熟练的，老练的（ad+ept→有能力→熟练的）
13. aqu=water,表示“水”
aquatic水的；水中的（aqu水＋atic） subaquesous水下的（aqu+ose多…的→多水的） opaque不透明的（op不＋aque水→不像水一样→不透明的）
14. arch, archy=ruler, rule, chief, 表示“统治者，统治，主要的”
anarchy无政府状态（an无＋archy） anarchic无政府主义的（anarchy+ic） anarchism无政府主义的（an无＋arch+ism主义） partiarch家长；族长（parti父亲＋arch→父亲统治→家长） archives 档案（arch+ives表示东西→统治的东西→统治者的文件→档案） architect建筑师（archi+tect做→统治〔造房〕的人→建筑师） architecture建筑学 15. art=skill, joint, trick, 表示“技巧，关节，诡计”
article物品；文章（art+icle东西→用技巧做出的东西→物品） artful巧妙的；狡猾的（art+ful→充满诡计的） artistry艺术技巧（artist+ry表名词） artificial人工的；矫揉造作的（artifice技巧＋ial→用技巧做出的→人工的） artisan工匠，技工（artu+san人→技巧之人→工匠） artifact工艺品（arti+fact做出的东西，事实→人造物→工艺品）
16. astro,aster=star,表示“星星”
astrononmy天文学（astro+nomy学科→研究星星的学科） astrospace宇宙空间（astro+space空间） astronaut宇航员（astro+naut航行员） astrophysics天体物理学（astro+physics物理学） astral星的，星状的（astr+al） disaster灾难，灾祸（dis坏＋ester星→星位不正，表示有灾难） disastrous灾难的（dis+astr+ous）
17. audi,audit=hear,表示“听”
audience听众；观众（audi+ence表名词→听的人→听众） auditorium礼堂；讲堂（audit+orium场所→听的场所） audible听得见的；可听的（audi+ible能…的） inaudible听不见的（in不＋audi+ible） 18. av,avar, avi=desire,bird,表示“渴望，鸟”
avid渴望的，贪婪的（av+id…的→渴望的） avidity贪婪（avid+ity状态） aviary鸟笼，鸟舍（avi+ary表示地方→鸟的地方→鸟舍） aviation飞行；航空学（avi+ator人→像鸟一样的人→飞行员）
19. ball,bol=throw, dance, ball,表示“抛，舞，球”
ballroom舞厅（ball+room房间） ballet芭蕾舞（ball+et→舞蹈→芭蕾舞） balloon气球（ball球＋oon表名词） bullet枪弹（bull=ball球＋et→小球→子弹） ballot投票 symbol符号，象征（sym共同＋bol抛→共同抛出的标志→象征） symbolize用符号表示；象征（symbol＋ize）
20. bas,base=low, foundation,表示“低下，基础”
base低下的；基础 basement地下室（base+ment表名词） baseball垒球（base+ball球→建立基础打球→垒球） baseborn出生低微的（base+born出生） abase降低；贬低（自己）（a使＋base低→使自己低→降低） debase降低 debased贬低的；品质恶劣的（debase降低＋ed） subbase基层；基地（sub下＋base→地基下的地基）
21. bell,bel=war, fight,表示“战争，打斗”
rebellion反叛；反抗（re反+bell打＋ion→反打→反叛） rebel反叛 rebellious反抗的，难控制的 belligerent交战的，准备打架的（belli+ger带来→ent→带来战争→交战的） bellicism好战性，好战倾向 22. bio,bi=life,表示“生命，生物”
biography传记（bio+graphy写→写生命→传记） bilographer传记作者 biochemistry生物化学 autobiography自传 biosphere生物圈（bio+sphere圈→生命圈） biocide杀虫剂 microbe微生物（micro微小＋be=bi生命）
23. brev, bridg=short,表示“短，缩短”
brevity短暂；简洁（brev+ity状态→短的状态→短暂，简短） brief简短的 briefness短暂；简洁 24. cad, cas, cid=fall，表示“落下，降临”
casual偶然的（cas+ual→落下的→不是安排好的→偶然的） casualty事故；灾难（casual+ty→[突然]落下的事→事故） occasion发生；时机（oc使＋cas落下+ion→使…落下→事情发生） decaent颓废的 accidental偶然的（accident事故＋al） coincide巧合；同时发生 coincidence巧合 incident偶然事件 occident西方（oc使＋cid落＋ent→使〔太阳〕落下→西方） decay衰退；腐败（de向下＋cay=落下→向下掉→衰退） 25. cand=white,glow,表示“白，发光”
candid坦白的，直率的（cand+id→白的→坦白的） candor坦白 candidate侯选人（candid+ate→白色的人→候选人） candela烛光（cand白，光→ela表名词→烛光） candle蜡烛 candescence发光（cand光＋escence开始…的→开始发光） incandescent白热的；遇热发光的（in进入＋candescent发光） incense香；
25. cand=white,glow,表示“白，发光”
candid坦白的，直率的（cand+id→白的→坦白的） candidate侯选人（candid+ate→白色的人→候选人） candela烛光（cand白，光→ela表名词→烛光） candle蜡烛 candescence发光（cand光＋escence开始…的→开始发光） incandescent白热的；遇热发光的（in进入＋candescent发光） incense香；
26. cant,cent=sing,song,表示“唱，歌”
cant术语；暗语（唱出来的话→暗语） recant撤消； accent口音；重音 accentuate强调；重读 incentive激励；刺激力量(in进入＋cent唱＋ive→把〔力量〕唱进去→激励)
27. cap, capt, cept ,ceive, cip, cup=take, hold, seize, 表示“拿，抓，握住”
capacity容量，才能（cap+acity→拿住的能力→容量；才能） capacious宽阔的；容积大的（capacity形容词） incapacitate使无能（in无＋capacit能力＋ate→无能力） caption标题；字幕（cap+抓＋ion抓住主要内容→标题） captive俘虏 capture逮捕，捉拿（capt+ure→抓住毛病→挑剔的） captious吹毛求疵的 accept接受；承认 acceptability可接受性（accept+ability→接受能力） conception概念，观念 deceptive欺骗性的（de坏＋cept+ive→拿坏的东西来→欺骗性的） inception开始，开端 intercept拦截，阻止（inter在…中间＋cept拿住→拦截） precept箴言 receptacle容器（re再＋cept+acle东西→拿东西的东西→容器） except除外（ex出→cept→拿出） conceive想象；构想 conceivable可想象的 deceive欺骗 perceive知觉；发觉 receive接受；收到（re再+ceive抓→全部→发觉） receipt收据 conceit自豪；自大 anticipate预料；预期的（anti前＋cip抓＋ent→开始抓→开始的） incipient开始的；初期的（in+cipi抓＋ent→开始抓→开始的） emancipate解放（e出＋man手＋cip+ate提前抓住→预料） emancipation解放 municipal参加；共享 participant参与者 principal主要的；首要的（prin主要的＋cip+al） recipietn接受者 occupy占领；使用（oc再次＋cupy抓→抓住地盘→占领） occupant占有者 occupation职业；占有 preoccupation全神贯注
28. cap, cipit=head,表示“头” capital首要的；首都；资本（capit+al→头的→首要的→首都） captain首领；船长 cape海角，岬 capitulate（有条件）投降（capit+ulate表示动词→头低下→投降） precipice悬崖（pre前＋cipice头→前面是尽头→悬崖） precipitate加速；促进；
29. card, cord=heart,表示“心脏，一致”
cardiac心脏的 cordial首要的，主要的（注意不要和cardial心脏的 相混） cordiality诚心，热诚（cordial+ity） cordiform心形的 record记录（re一再＋cord→一再放在心上→记录） concord协调；协议（con共同＋cord→心一样） discord不和；不一致 discordance不协调； 不一致 accord一致；符合 accordian手风琴
30. carn=flesh,表示“肉，肉欲”
carrnal肉体的；肉欲 carnival狂欢节，谢肉节 carnivore食肉动物（carn+vore吃→吃肉的） carnivorous食肉类的 reincarnate再具肉体，转生 carcass尸体；残骸
31. ced, ceed, cess=go,表示“行走，前进”
cede割让，放弃（cede走→走开→割让） accede答应，同意（ac+cede→和别人走在一起→答应） antecede先行，先于（ante前＋cede→走在前面→先行） antecedent先行的；以前的（antede+ent） ancestor祖先；祖宗（an=ante+cest=cess+or→走在前面的人→祖先） concession让步；退位 intercede调停；仲裁（inter在…中间＋cede→在二者中间走→调解） precede在先，优于（pre预称＋cede→预先走→优走） precedent先例；惯例（precede+ent→预先走的东西→先例） procedure程序；手续（pro在前＋ced+ure→在前面走完的程序） recede撤回；交还（领土）（re后＋cede→向后走→撤退） secede脱离；退出（se分开＋cede→分开走→脱离） excess过度，过剩 excessive过分的；过度的 proceed继续进行，前进（pro向前＋ceed→向前走→前进） process过程；进行 proceeds收入；结果（pro+ceed＋s表复数→向前做事得到的收入） access接近；入口 accessible能接近的；可进去的 inaccessible难以接近的 succeed成功；继续（suc随后＋ceed→随后跟上→继续→继续做→成功） success成功；胜利 succession接连发生 successive连续的 recess休息；隐居（re回＋cess→走回去→休息） recession撤退；交还（recess+ion→走回去→撤退）
(附加) cept=take拿取
except. （ex外.cept拿）除…之外.把除外
exception
exceptionol
exceptive
accept （at—to，cept拿）接受，领取
acceptable
intercept （inter.中间）截取，截击
interception
intelcepter
incept 接收，收取
susseptible 易受影响的（sus向下）
concept 概念，设计（能共同掌握的）
32. celer=quick,speed,表示“快，速”
celerity迅速，敏捷（celer+ity→快的性质→迅速） accelerate加速器 acceleration加速 decelerate减速 deceleation减速度
33. cent=hundred,表示“一百”
centimeter厘米 percent百分之… percentage百分率
34. centr=center,表示“中心” central中心的 acentric无中心的 centripetal向心的（centri+pet追＋al→追求中心的→向心的） concentrate集中；浓缩 concentration集中；浓缩 concentric同心的；集中的（con共同＋centric→同中心的） 35. cern, cert, cret=sure, separate,表示“搞清，区别” concern 关系到 discern辨别；区分（dis分开＋cern→分开搞清→区别） discernmible能够分辨的 discernment辨别能力 centain肯定的（cert+ain→搞清楚的→肯定的） ascertain确定，发现 certify证明；保证 certificate证明书；执照（certify+icate→证明的东西） certitude确信；确实 discrete分立的（dis分开＋creet区别→分开区别→不同的） discretion谨慎，小心 discreet慎重的，谨慎的 secret秘密的（se分开＋cret区别→分开来放→秘密的）
36. chron=time,表示“时间” chroic 长期的 chronicle编年史（chron+icle表名词） chronology年代学；年表 chronograph精密计时器 anachronism年代错误 synchronize同时发生（syn共同＋chron+ize→时间相同→同时发生） synchronous同期的；同步的
37. cid,cis=cut,kill,表示“切开，杀” decide决定，决心（de加强＋cide切→切下去→下决心） homicide杀人（homi人＋cide） insecticide杀虫剂（insect昆虫＋cide） suicide自杀（sui自己＋cide） pesticide杀虫剂（pest害虫＋cide） circumcise行割礼，割包皮 concise简明的 decision决心，决议（decide的名词） excise割去，删去（ex出＋cise） excision删除，灭绝（excise+ion） incisive一针见血的，锐利的（incise+ive→切人的→一针见血的） incisor门牙（incise+or→切东西的东西→门牙） precise精确的，清楚的（pre预先＋cise→预先切好→精确的） precision精密，正确
38. circ,cycl=ring,circle,表示“圆，环” circlet小环，小圈 circular圆的；循环的（circ+ular表形容词） circulate循环，流通（circ+ulate→绕圈走→循环） circulation发生，流通（circulate+ion） circuit环行；电路（circu+it走→环行） circuitous迂回的，绕圈子的（circuit+ous） circus马戏团；圆形广场 encircle环绕，包围（en进入＋circle;圆→进入圆→包围） cycle周期 cyclone旋风 bicycle自行车 recycle再循环；回收
39. cit=quote,call, 表示“引用，唤起” cite引用；引证 citation引用，引证（cote+ation表名词） excite使兴奋，刺激（ex出＋cite→引出情绪） ecitement兴奋（excite+ment） incite鼓励， incitation激动 recite背诵；演奏 recital背诵；独奏（recite+al） resuscitate复活；恢复
40. claim, clam=cyrout, shout,表示“呼喊，叫喊” claim要求；论断 clamor喧哗；吵闹（clam+or表名词） clamorous吵闹的 acclaim欢呼；喝采（ac一再＋claim→一再喊→欢呼） acclamation喝采，称赞 declaim朗诵 declamation慷慨演说；雄辩 exclaim叫喊；大声说 exclamation叫喊；感叹 proclaim公布；声明（pro在前＋claim→在前面喊→公布） proclamation宣告；宣言 reclaim收回 reclamation收复；矫正
41. clear, clar, clair=clear, bright,表示“清楚，明白” clearance清算；清除（clear+ance表名词） clarify澄清，弄清 clarity清楚 clarification澄清；纯化 edclare宣称；断言 declaration定言；陈述（declare+ation） clairvoyance透视；洞察力 clairaudient有超人听力的（clair+audi听+ent→听力清楚） 42. clin, cliv=lean,slope,表示“倾斜，斜坡” decline倾斜；衰退 declination衰退；下倾（de向下＋cline→向下斜） declination衰退；下倾 incline倾斜；偏向（in进入＋cline→进入斜→偏向，喜爱） disinclined 不愿意的（dis不＋inclined喜欢的） proclivity倾向；癖好（pro预先＋cliv+ity→先斜好→癖好）
43. clos, clud, clus=close，表示“关闭”
closure n 关闭；停止（clos+ure;close的名词）
closet n 壁橱；秘室（clos+et小东西→关的小东西→壁橱）
disclose v 揭发；泄露（dis打开+close→把关的打开→揭发）
enclose v 包围，围绕（en进入+close→被关起来→包围）
enclosure n 包围，围绕(enclose+ure)
conclude v 结论；终结（con全部+clude→全部关掉→结束）
conclusive a 决定性的；结论性的（conclude+ive)
exclude v 排除；隔绝（ex出+clude→关出去→排除）
exclusive a 排他的；专有的（ex+clus+ive)
exclusionism n 排外主义（ex+clus+ion+ism)
include v 包括（in进入+clude→关进去→包括）
inclusive a 包括在内的（in+clus+ive)
preclude v 预防；杜绝（pre预先+clude→预先关好→预防）
preclusion n 预防；排除（preclude的名词）
recluse n 隐士，遁世者（re返回+cluse→返回[家中]关起来→隐居）
reclusive a 隐居的（recluse+ive)
seclude v 孤立；隐居（se分开+clude→分开关→孤立）
seclusive a 爱隐居的（seclude+sive=seclusive)
occlude v 堵塞，闭塞（oc一再+clude→一再关起来不畅通→堵塞）
occlusion n 堵塞（oc+clus+ion)
"44.corp,corpor=body,表示“身体，团体”"
corps n 军队，团体（corp+s复数）
corpse n 尸体（corpse[=corp身体]→尸体）
corporation n 公司，团体（corpor+ation表名词）
corporate a 共同的；团体的（corpor+ate)
corporal a 肉体的（corpor+al→身体的→肉体的）
corporeal a 有形的；物质的（corpor+eal→真的身体→有形的）
corpuscle n 血球（corp+uscle小东西→小球体→血球）
corpulent a 肥胖的（corp+ulent多…的→多身体的→肥胖的）
incorporate v 结合；合并（in进入+corporate团体的→进入团体→结合）
incorporeal a 无形体的（in无+corporeal有形的→无形的）
"45.cracy=rule,表示“统治或政体”；crat=ruler,表示“统治者”"
democracy n 民主（政治）（demo人民+cracy)
democrat n 民主主义者（demo人民+crat)
autocracy n 专制（auto自己+cracy)
autocrat n 独裁者（auto自己+crat)
bureaucracy n 官僚政治（bureau政府机构+cracy)
bureaucrat n 官僚（bureau+crat)
plutocracy n 财阀统治（pluto财富+cracy)
plutocrat n 财阀，富豪（pluto财富+crat)
theocracy n 神权统治（theo神+cracy)
monocracy n 独裁统治（mono一个人+cracy)
mobocracy n 暴民统治（mob暴民+o+cracy)
mobocract n 暴民首领（mob暴民+o+crat)
"46.creed,cred=believe,trust,表示“相信,信任”"
creed n 信条；纲领（creed 相信→信条）
credo n 信条（creed的变体）
credential n 凭据;（pl)国书（cred+ential表形容词或名词→让人相信的东西→凭据）
credence n 相信；信用（cred+ence→相信）
credit n 信任；学分（cred+it表名词）
creditable a 可以信任的（credit相信+able能…的）
credible a 可靠的，可信的（cred 相信+ible能…的）
accredit v 委任；信任（ac给予+credit→给予相信→委任）
discredit v 不信任，怀疑（dis不+credit相信→不相信）
credulous a 轻信的（cred+ulous多…的→相信太多→轻信的）
incredulous a 不轻信的（in不+credulous 轻信的→不轻信的）
incredulity a "不轻信（incredulous去掉ous ,加上ity)"
"47.cre,creas=grow,make,表示“增长，产生”"
create v 创造（cre+ate→增长→创造）
creative a 有创造性的（create+ive )
creature n 生物；创造物（create+ure→创造物，生物）
recreate v 休养；再造（re再+create→再?2009年高考英语
阅读理解训练50篇（1）
1
Doctors say anger can be an extremely damaging emotion, unless you learn how to deal with it. They warn that anger can lead to heart disease, stomach problems, headaches, emotional problems and possibly cancer.
Anger is a normal emotion that we all feel from time to time. Some people express anger openly in a calm reasonable way. Others burst with anger, and scream and yell.But other people keep their anger inside. They can not or will not express it. This is called repressing anger.
For years many doctors thought that repressing anger was more dangerous to a person's health than expressing it. They said that when a person is angry, the brain releases the same hor- mones (荷尔蒙).They speed the heart rate, raise blood pressure, or sugar into the blood, etC．In general the person feels excited and ready to act.
Some doctors say that both repressing and expressing anger can be dangerous. They believe that those who express anger violently may be more likely to develop heart disease, and they believe that those who keep their anger inside may face a greater danger of high blood pressure.
Doctors say the solution is learning how to deal with anger. They say the first step is to admit that you are angry and to recognize the real cause of the anger, then decide if the cause is serious enough to get angry about. If it is, they say, “Do not express your anger while angry. Wait until your anger has cooled down and you are able to express yourself calmly and reasonably.”
Doctors say that a good way to deal with anger is to find humor in the situation that has made you angry. They said that laughter is much healthier than anger.
1． “Damaging emotion” means that _________.
A．the emotion is harmless B．the emotion is harmful
C．the feeling is very strong D．the feeling is hard
2． What statement is right?
A．Were you angry, you would be cancered (得癌症).
B．Once you are angry, you must be cancered.
C．Angry as you are often, you can't be cancered,
D．Anger may cause you a cancer.
3． Expressing anger violently _________ repressing it according to some scientists.
A．is just the same as B．is more harmful than
C．is no better than D．is much better than
4．According to the author, you'd better _________.
A．never be angry
B．cool it down before you express it
C．laugh and laugh when you get angry
D．admit you are wrong when you are angry
二
There is a popular belief among parents that schools are no longer interested in spelling. No school I have ever taught in has ever ignored spelling or considered it unimportant as a basic skill. There are, however, different ideas about how to teach it, or how much priority (优先) it must be given over general language development and writing ability. The problem is how to encourage a child to express himself freely and confidently in writing without holding him back with the complexities (复杂性) of spelling.
If spelling becomes the only focal (焦点的) point of his teacher’s interest, clearly a bright child will be likely to “play safe”. He will tend to write only words within his spelling range, choosing to avoid adventurous language. That’s why teachers often encourage the early use of dictionaries and pay attention to content rather than technical ability.
I was once shocked to read on the bottom of a sensitive piece of writing about a personal experience: “This work is terrible! There are far too many spelling errors and your writing is terrible.” It may have been a sharp criticism of the pupil’s technical abilities in writing, but it was also a sad reflection on the teacher who had omitted(省略) to read the essay, which contained some beautiful expressions of the child’ s deep feelings. The teacher was not wrong to draw attention to the errors, but if his priorities had centered on the child’ s ideas, an expression of his disappointment with the presentation would have given the pupil more motivation (动机) to seek improvement.
1．Teachers are different in their opinions about _________.
A．he difficulties in teaching spelling
B．the role of spelling in general language development
C．the complexities of the basic writing skills
D．the necessity of teaching spelling
2．The underlined expression “play safe” probably means ________.
A．to write carefully
B．to do as teachers say
C．to use dictionaries frequently
D．to avoid using words one is not sure of
3． Teachers encourage the use of dictionaries so that ____________.
A．students will be able to express their ideas more freely
B．students will have more confidence in writing
C．students will have less trouble in correcting mistakes
D．students will learn to be independent of teachers
4． The author seems to think that the teacher’s judgment on that sensitive piece of writing is __________.
A．unfair B．reasonable C．foolish D．careless
三
Perhaps the most famous theory, the study of body movement, was suggested by Professor Ray Birdwhistell. He believes that physical appearance is often culturally programmed. In other words, we learn our looks--- we are not born with them.
A baby has generally informed face features. A baby, according to Birdwhistell, learns where to set the eyebrows by looking at those around--- family and friends. This helps explain why the people of some areas of the US looks much alike.
New Englanders or Southerners have certain common face features that can not be explained by genetics (遗传学). The exact shape of the mouth is not set at birth, it is learned after. In fact, the final mouth shape is not formed until well after new teeth are set. For many, this can be well into grown-ups. A husband and wife together for a long time often come to look somewhat alike. We learn our looks from those around us.
This is perhaps why in a single country there are areas where people smile more than those in other areas. In the US, for example, the south is the part of the country where the people smile most frequently. In New England they smile less, and in the western part of New York States still less. Many southerners find cities such as New York cold and unfriendly, partly because people in Madison Avenue smile less than people on Peachtree Street in Atlanta, Georgia. People in largely populated areas also smile and greet each other in public less than people in small towns do.
1．Ray Birdwhistell believes that physical appearance ___________.
A．has little to do with culture B．has much to do much culture
C．is ever changing D．is different from place to place
2．According to the passage, the final mouth shape is formed _________.
A．before birth B．as soon as one’s teeth are newly set
C．some time after new teeth are set D．around 15 years old
3．Ray Birdwhistell can tell what area of the US a person is from by _______.
A．how much he or she smiles B．how he or she raise his or her eyebrows
C．what he or she likes best D．the way he or she talks
4．People who live _________ are more friendly.
A．in largely populated areas B．in New York City
C．in the country D．in the North
四
EFL TEACHERS
Summer Posts
Once again we require 10 excellent TEFL Teachers for our summer program. Large thriving(兴旺) Arels- Felco school offers special package to qualified, TEFL experienced teachers.$1,500 and free accommodation for 200 hours teaching from 2 July-24August. Overtime available. Good Possibility of longer term and permanent posts. Shorter contracts available. Letters of application and C．V. to Teacher Recruitment(征募) (Dept. E),ChurchillHouse School,40－42 Spencer Square, Ramsgate, Kent CT11 9LD.
Fax: (0843)584827．
Established 20 years. Recognized by the British Council anda member of Arels- Felco.
1．What does “package” in the advertisement refer to ?
A．The salary. B．The number of the teaching hours
C．The free accommodation provided. D．All the above.
2．Some teachers may be able to ______________.
A．accomplish the job ahead of schedule
B．quit the job when they choose to do so
C．enjoy free accommodation for a longer time
D．continue working at the school after the summer
3．Arels-Felco is probably_____________.
A．a company B．the name of a school
C．an educational organization D．a housing agency
五
California—Upset by the war in Iraq, Julia Wilson expressed her anger and impatience with President Bush last spring on her web page on MySpace.com . She posted a picture of the president, wrote “Kill Bush ” across the top and drew a sword stabbing his outstretched hand. She later replaced her page after learning in her eighth-grade history class that such threats are a federal offense.
It was too late, Federal authorities had found the page and placed Wilson on their checklist. They finally reached her this week in her biology class. The 14—year—old was taken out of class Wednesday and questioned for about 15 minutes by two Secret Service agents. The incident has upset her parents, who said the agents should have included them when questioning their daughter.
The teenager said the agents’ questioning led her to tears. “I wasn’t dangerous,” said Wilson, an honor student who describes herself as politically enthusiastic. “I’m a peace-loving person. I’m against the war in Iraq. I’m not going to kill the president.”
Her mother, Kirstie Wilson, said two agents showed up at the family’s home Wednesday afternoon, questioned her and promised to return once her daughter was home from school.
After they left, Kirstie Wilson sent a next message to her daughter’s call phone, asking her to come straight home and telling her that two men from the secret service wanted to talk with her.
But moments later, Kirstie Wilson received a text message from her daughter saying agents had pulled her out of class.
Julia Wilson said the agents threatened her, saying she could be sent to court for making the threat. “They yelled at me a lot,” she said. “They were unnecessarily mean.”
Wilson and her parents said the agents were justified in questioning her over her MySpace.com posting. But they said the agents went too far by not waiting until she was out of school and the agents should have more quickly figured out they weren’t dealing with a real danger.
Assistant Principal Paul Robinon said the agents gave him the impression the girl’s mother knew they were planning to question her daughter at school. There is no legal requirement that parents be notified.
“This has been an on-going problem.” said Ann Brick, a lawyer with the American Civil Liberties Union in San Francisco.
Former governors Pete Wilson and Gray Davis vetoed(否决) bills that would have required that parents give permission or be present when their children are questioned at school by law enforcement officers.
1．Julia Wilson was questioned because .
A．she wanted to kill President Bush
B．she set up the website Myspace.com
C．the agents thought she might be a threat to the federal
D．she was a peace-loving person
2．What can we infer from the text?
A．Julia Wilson will be put into prison for making a threat.
B．Kirtie Wilson thought it wrong to question her daughter in school without them.
C．Assistant principal thought there was no need to inform Julia’s parents when questioning her.
D．Ann Brick believes that teenagers should not be politically enthusiastic.
3．What does the underlined word “mean” mean in the text?
A．cruel and violent B．poisonous
C．kind-hearted D．unfair
4．The author wrote this story mainly to .
A．struggle against the war in Iraq started by the US
B．discuss whether parents should be included when children are questioned
C．warn teenagers not to post web pages on websites
D．criticize the former governors who vetoed the bill
六
When Nathan Winograd announced that he was leaving his job as a lawyer in California to run an animal shelter in Tompkins County, New York, his father looked at him for a long minute and then asked, “What do dogs and cats need a lawyer for?”
The move meant giving up eight weeks’ vacation, an office with a view of the San Francisco Bay and a big house among the redwoods, and moving to a rural area know for its harsh winters. But Winograd’s wife, Jennifer, also an animal lover, was all for it. So they packed everything they owned, and with two young children, plus two dogs, and a bunch of cats Winograd had rescued, drove cross—country.
On the second day, they had no room for six more puppies they received. They found an old horse trough, filled it with hay and nestled the animals inside. They placed it next to the front desk, and within a day or two, all six had homes, adopted by people who walked into the shelter and couldn’t resist.
Blind dogs, cats with missing limbs—all find homes. “There is no dog or cat too old, too
ugly or too undesirable not to be adopted by someone,” says Winograd.
Today, Tompkins County is considered the only no-kill county in the United States. Nine out of ten dogs cats that come through the shelter doors are saved. Only animals with incurable injuries or illnesses, and the truly evil, are put down. The national average is half of all dogs and 70 percent of cats, totaling more than four million animals last year alone.
Even though he drives an old car that leaks when it rains, and his family lives on a tight budget while his classmates from Stanford Law earn six-figure salaries, Winograd says he’s doing what he’d always wanted to do when he grew up; run an animal shelter and save all the animals.
As a young district lawyer, he kept his goal in mind, starting when he raised his first animal cruelty case. A man was accused of intentionally setting his brown cat on fire. Winograd made his case, and the abusive owner was sentenced to prison.
It was the first of many such cases, and he raised each with vigor. But the senseless violence, neglect and ignorance never failed to shock him. He decided simply, “I need to get to the other side and start saving these animals.”
Now, Winograd is helping to save thousands, even millions, “I’m convinced that a no kill nation is possible, I’m just here trying to shorten the time until it arrives.”
1．What was his father’s response when Nathan Winograd left his job as a lawyer in California?
A．He was all for it. B．He was strongly against it.
C．He was greatly puzzled. D．He was very angry.
2．How did Winograd successfully save so many animals?
A．He kept all the rejected animals in a large shelter.
B．He let the animals adopted by people who visited the shelter.
C．He sold some of the animals and get some money.
D．He delivered the animals to the local government.
3．Which could be the right order of the following events according to the passage?
a．Winograd and Jennifer set up an animal shelter.
b．Winograd and Jennifer lead a comfortable life.
c．Winograd and Jennifer got married and had two children.
d．Winograd and his family lived on a tight bugget.
e．Winograd worked against animal cruelty as a lawyer.
f．Winograd worked as a lawyer in California
g．Winograd and Jennifer moved to Tompkins County.
A．f-c-b-g-a-e-d B．f-e-d-e-a-g-b C．g-a-c-b-f-e-d D．e-d-g-a-f-c-d
4．Which could be the best title of the passage?
A．Being Rich is Important B．Animals, Our Best Friends
C．No Pet Left behind D．The Winograd Family
七
This website is meant for the short story and for those interested in reading light articles.
If you have a “classic” short story you would like added here, please don’t be shy about e-mailing me in this regard as I would be happy to give your favorite story consideration. I have a fairly large collection of short stories; however, if you want to send a story to me, I would appreciated it (this would save me scanning time).
Please note three things about this site. One, some of the biographies are not available( the focus of this site is the story, not the biographies). If they are not in the book from which I am scanning the story, I will not go through my collection looking for a bio. Two, I will be focusing on shorter short stories. No Tolstoi or F. Scott Fitzgerald here (unless you are willing to send me the story ready to go online)! Maybe some day I will want to spend an entire day or two on one story, but not at this time. Three, I have no summaries or analyses, so you needn’t ask. I read short stories often, but only for the enjoyment of doing so. I have very little desire to analyze what I am reading for that deep, hidden meaning.
Fewer and fewer people these days read short stories. This is unfortunate-so few will ever experience the joy that reading such fine work can give. The goal of this site is to give a nice cross section of short stories in the hope that these short stories will excite these people into rediscovering this excellent source of entertainment.
Happy reading! Oh yes, visit the bannered sites on this page. This is how we survive and thus keep this free site on line. If you are familiar with the costs involved with bandwidth, you will understand that a site such as this one requires a lot of bandwidth (as it is visited heavily), which can be quite expensive. So, if you appreciate this collection, go buy something. Thank you!
1．The passage is mainly about .
A．what the website focuses on
B．how to email short stories to the website
C．why fewer and fewer people enjoy reading
D．how to find short stories on this websites
2．What can we know about the book mentioned in this passage?
A．It contained many classical works with analyses
B．It was written by the author and advertised here.
C．there are many biographies in this book.
D．It’s a collection of short stories of this website.
3．How is the website kept free on line?
A．The website receives much donation from society.
B．The website got much money from advertisements on it.
C．The website earns money by selling books which collect stories of the website.
D．Every reader pays for what they read before reading it.
4．The purpose of writing this article is to .
A．advertise his or her website and books
B．explain how this website is kept
C．explain who this website is for
D．discuss whether we should read on line
八
Join us on December 17th, 2006 (2nd day of Hanukkah) for our annual Hanukkah Family Fun Fest for an exciting day of fun activities for the whole family. The Hazimir Choir will provide holiday musical entertainment. Drum Tales will present “The Hearty Story of Hanukkah” show. There will be ceramic(陶瓷) painting of dreidles, menorahs(烛台), and other Hanukkah items for the kids. And fun foods, crafts(手工艺) and activities will be happening throughout the day. Bring the whole family and enjoy a fun—filled day!
11:30—Jolly Follies puppet show Ages 2-12
A fun muppet(提线木偶) style musical holiday story followed by a Hanukkah sing a long featuring the “Chipmunks” and other favorite characters. Adult: $7 Child $ 5
1:30—Hazamir Teen Choir
Sponsored by the Berman and Lerner families in memory of Cantor Moses L. Snyder
3:15—Drum Tales presents The Hearty Story of Hanukkah
Drum Tales is fun, interactive percussive(打击乐) and musical. It is much like the traditional drum circle concept. It combines story telling, musical instrumentation and song. Each participants is given a percussive instrument which becomes their media of transportation to far away lands and exotic places, to ride the waves of mystery of an unfolding plot, and into the deep realm of imagination and the colorful beyond. Drumming, rhyming, rapping, clinking, shaking and clapping, this performance will leave you feeling refreshed after having returned from a journey through these stories! Audlts $ 7 Child $ 5
Plus food and fun for the entire family
Crafts with BBYO and Young Judea
Ceramic painting with Jack and Jill
T-Shirt fun with Computer Adventures
Fun with Cyber-Connection
Vendors
Special visit by “Chanukah Bubby ”
1．How much does a family of three (a kid and parents) have to pay if they attend Jolly Follies puppet show?
A．$ 21. B．$ 15. C．$ 19. D．$ 17.
2．What feeling will you not experience if you attend the Drum Tales?
A．Mystery. B．Imagination. C．Exoticism D．Horror.
3．If your family are free at 1:30, what activity can you take part in?
A．Drum Tales: The Hearty Story of Hanukkah.
B．Hazamir Teen Choir.
C．Jolly Follies puppet show.
D．Cartoon films.
4．What is not included in the Chanukah Festival?
A．Ceramic painting. B．Fun foods.
C．Computer adventures. D．Fashion show.
九
Never forget where you come from
Many of us remember the touching television advertisement where the actor Iron Eyes Cody sheds a tear over litter. Such Native images are often used to convey the idea of saving mother earth. People who accept this image find it difficult to bring together what they have seen of some reservations—shabby homes, broken cars, underfed dogs, weeds in winds, and coal strip mines. Those who most romanticize American Indians are the quickest to be disappointed and discover that things are not as good as they have once believed. However, Indians’ relationship with the land is much more complicated(复杂的) than those two black and white images which appeared in the television.
Historically, tribal(部落的) people around the globe have had close ties with the earth. Lakota historian Vine Deloria, Jr., tells the story of the Ponca people who were taken from their range over a century ago and transported against their will to Oklahoma. Otherwise healthy, many Ponca wasted and died from no other clear cause than separation from their home. As Cheryl Crazy Bull says in this issue, “The land is our relative. Without land, tribal people lose their identity—the land along with language, spiritual beliefs, and social systems distinguishes tribal people from others.”
To many people in the United States, the Indian reservation is an embarrassment. It represents the American version of racial seperation—a prison without walls where the government confined Indians to keep them apart from other Americans. To Indian people the reservation is home, regardless of what it looks like. They have spiritual, emotional, and family ties. Many of their relatives still live there or are buried there, and their creation stories are centered there.
Americans tend to pull up roots and separate from their birthplace, moving from city to city many times. Many of us non—Indians have never visited the places where our ancestors are buried or the houses where our parents were born. Western nations use Earth in the same way, as if we can go to another planet when the air and water become too dirty. On the other hand, tribes are very familiar with the concept of limited resource. They cannot get another reservation if theirs becomes too polluted.
1．What does the writer mainly intend to state in this passage?
A． American Indians are disappointed with their living environment.
B．American Indians lead a miserable life now.
C．Television advertisements can have an unexpected effect on people.
D．Land is very important to people, especially tribal people.
2．The author included the story of the Ponca people in this article mainly to state .
A．the close relationship between tribal people and land
B．the poverty of the tribal people
C．the long history of the Ponca people
D．the great changes of the Ponca people
s life
3．Which of the following statements is true according to this passage?
A．Americans can use land as they like and then go to another place.
B．People in the west don’t like to travel from city to city.
C．Tribal people have the same concept of the resources as the non-Indians.
D．The reservations have both positive and negative(负面的)effects on Indian people’s life.
4．What topic does this article focus on?
A．Family life of the Indians.
B．People’s attitude towards land.
C．The history of tribal people.
D．Environmental pollution nowadays.
十
The octopus’s（章鱼）reputation as a human-killer isn’t simply an exaggeration（夸张）—it is a total myth. The octopus can indeed be a deadly hunter, but only of its natural victims. Some shellfish（壳类动物）and an occasional sick or incautious fish have reason to be frightened of this multi-armed hunter, but a person is much too large to interest even the biggest octopus. Even the largest among octopi is much smaller than most people imagine. Far from being large enough to swallow a ship, as monster octopi in movies have been known to do, the largest octopus, found on the Pacific coast, weighs around 110 pounds and grows to no more than ten feet in width.
The hard, parrot-like beak（喙）of an octopus is not used for attacking deep-sea divers, but for cutting open shellfish. Indeed, the octopus possesses such a tiny throat that it cannot swallow large pieces of meat. Instead, it feeds by pouring digestive juices into its victims, and then sucking up the soupy remains. A shellfish that finds itself in the grasp of an octopus has only a short time to live. But human beings are perfectly safe. Still, people rarely care to go close enough to these careful creatures to get a good look at them.
1．This passage is mainly about .
A．the horrors of the octopus
B．the largest octopus in the world
C．octopi and their behaviour
D．the octopus’s deadly hunting method
2．It is implied but not stated in the passage that .
A．people have unreasonable fears about the octopus
B．the octopus is not interested in human beings
C．the octopus is afraid of human beings
D．the octopus is a very cruel sea animal
3．What does the underlined part “careful creatures” refer to in the last paragraph?
A．Octopi. B．Shellfish. C．Fish. D．The victims.
4．The hard beak of the octopus is used for .
A．attacking deep-sea divers
B．cutting up large pieces of meat
C．cutting open its victims
D．defending itself
5．From the passage, we can conclude that .
A．the octopus is not dangerous to man
B．people often fear creatures that are not dangerous to them
C．the octopus only hunts its natural victims
D．things described in movies are not to be believed
十一
We all hate speed cameras, don’t we? They’re not there to slow drivers down and lower the road accidents; they just make money for the government. They trick us, cost us cold hard cash, disturb us from driving properly and are unfair.
Well, here’s a surprising thing: what if there were facts that the boring cameras actually saved lives? It’s a conclusion difficult to ignore when you look at what’s happening in France, a country with a historically poor record of road safety.
There were 16,617 road deaths in 1972 in France for example, but that dropped to 8412 by 1995 following rules such as compulsory seat belt wearing in 1990 and a lowering of the blood alcohol limit to 0.05 in 1995.
Last year, the road deaths dropped below 5,000 for the first time, or 4.9 per cent less than 2004. Comparing road deaths to population in 2005, that’s about 817 per million people compared with Australia’s 806.
And guess what? Last year the number of speed cameras on French roads reached 1,000 and the government plans to double that within the next three years.
Okay, you know the arguments regarding increased traffic safety and cameras-for-income, but it seems in France there’s been a major cultural change brought on by radars and other laws. A three-hour, wine-soaked lunch with a quick rush back to the office is no longer on.
Travelling on the highways, it is rare to see anyone breaking the 130km/h speed limit when once few traveled below it. The speed cameras are clearly signed so drivers know when they are coming. There’s even an official web site listing fixed and mobile camera locations and it is updated regularly.
Maybe it is because of such transparency by government, rather than the concealment too often used by authorities in many other countries that more French can enjoy la joi de vivre thanks to speed cameras.
1．Generally, it seems to most people that speed cameras are used to .
A．make money for the government
B．slow down the traffic
C．lower the road accidents
D．help us drive properly
2．From the passage we can learn that .
A．France has a very poor record of road safety
B．we’d better ignore the evidence that speed cameras save lives
C．France had less road deaths than Australia in 2005
D．France does successfully in controlling road accidents
3．Which seems more effective in lowering road deaths in France according to this passage?
A．Compulsory seat belt. B．Lowering blood alcohol limit.
C．Placing more speed cameras. D．Eating in a shorter time.
4．Now you can seldom see in France .
A．people drive at a speed of less than 130km/h
B．lunch time lasts long hours with drunk people rushing back to office
C．drivers drive according to the traffic lights
D．police conduct traffic in streets
5．What does the underlined word “concealment” in the last paragraph mean?
A．Secrecy. B．Openness. C．Strictness. D．Harmony.
十二
Sometime early in the next century, human beings will move to Mars. They will live there for about a year, and then will be replaced with another group of pioneers. Building the base on Mars will advance our knowledge of the solar system and aid in our understanding of the earth.
We already know that Mars resembles the earth in many aspects: general size, presence of water, length of day, range of temperatures. These resemblances have caused many people to consider a centuries-long project: to terraform Mars. Terraforming means altering a planet’s surface so that Earth’s life forms can survive there. This concept, previously found only in science fiction is now being seriously considered by scientists.
Terraforming Mars is theoretically simple: add nitrogen and oxygen to the atmosphere; pump water to the surface; and add the earth’s plants and animals in the order in which they developed on Earth. But it will take at least 300 years.
Some people think that such a project is too huge for humans to undertake, but there are very good reasons to make the attempt. The earth now contains some 6 billion people, and no one has any idea of how many humans the earth can support. Our very existence and numbers are threatening many other species. We also have had some experience with terraforming our own planet: altering the landscape, the atmosphere and the climate. Currently terraforming earth has become a wiser activity as we try to control global warming, air and water pollution, and preserve some natural living places.
While the possibility of such a project is small, it is not impossible. Even if earth-bound societies come and go in the next 300 years, the project can continue through the work of the Mars settlers without the need for constant backing from the earth.
The future existence of all the people in our world may very well depend upon our ability to terraform Mars.
1．What would be the best title for this passage?
A．Terraforming Mars. B．Saving the Earth.
C．Travelling to Mars. D．A Newly-found Place.
2．What does the underlined word “altering” mean in the second paragraph?
A．Warming. B．Changing. C．Planting. D．Building.
3．According to the passage the main purpose of terraforming Mars is to .
A．do some scientific research work
B．find out its similarity to earth
C．avoid the dying away of many other species
D．find on Mars living place for the increasing human beings
4．The main reason for causing many people to consider terraforming Mars is that .
A．there are some resemblances between Earth and Mars.
B．terraforming Mars is theoretically simple
C．we have had some experience with terraforming our own planet: Earth
D．the development of science and technology is very rapid
5．What’s the author’s attitude towards the project?
A．Optimistic. B．Negative. C．Sceptical. D．Objective.
十三
When six the very best students from different cities in Guandong province all together chose universities in Hong Kong; when the very best student of Beijing picked up HK University while giving up the nearby Peking or Tsingbua University; when the highest enrollment （录取）rate of Hong Kong Science and Industry University reached 48:1, it’s the high time to ask where the real education heaven for students in China is.
Years ago, the answer certainly would be “Peking or Tsinghua University”. But now no one could give the exact reaction without hesitation. The only sure thing is that HK universities have gradually showed an unusual attraction to a great many mainland students.
It’s no doubt to call this HK craze（狂热）,which is even out of the expectation of those HK universities themselves.
How can HK universities shake the steady foundations of Peking and Tsinghua and attract so many mainland students?
First, Hong Kong universities offer large-amount scholarship, especially for the top students who can receive the sum scholarship as much as 400,000 HK dollars. Since higher education has become a kind of heavy burden of many families, it’s easy to understand why the reaction to the generous offering of HK universities is great.
Second, most HK universities receive professors and students from all over the world and carry out bilingual（双语）education. This kind of excellent language atmosphere is another attraction for mainland students.
Further more, university students in Hong Kong have a better chance to study abroad as exchange students.
Can mainland top universities like Peking or Tsinghua University calm as before when facing the unexpected competition from HK? Will they take relevant measures to win back the top students who once help them set the worldwide reputation? Time will explain it.
The fierce competition brought by HK universities can be a good thing for an entire improvement of education in China. After the awakening and action taking of mainland universities, they can perform better together with HK universities.
At least, it reminded the mainland universities the tuition fees（学费）are among students’ top concern when they are choosing universities. It’s time to move.
1．What is the passage mainly talking about?
A．Some thought brought by the enrollment of HK universities.
B．Higher education in Hong Kong.
C．The competition between HK University and Peking University.
D．The fall of mainland universities.
2．Top students from mainland apply for HK universities because .
A．many students now would love to study aboard to get a better experience
B．they concern only about the tuition fees when choosing universities
C．HK universities offer higher scholarship, better environment and more opportunities for their further study
D．Peking university has lost its worldwide reputation
3．What is the author’s attitude toward the competition brought by HK universities?
A．The government should take relevant measures to stop this unfair competition.
B．Mainland universities had better lower their tuition fees and win back the top students.
C．Universities both in mainland and in HK would get an entire improvement during the competition.
D．It may probably cause a complete loss both sides in the end.
4．From the passage we can see HK universities .
A．didn’t mean to enroll top students from mainland
B．didn’t expect their enrollment of mainland students would be so popular
C．have strict enrollment rules and only 1 out of 48 students can get the chance to study there
D．are proud of their teaching staff and facilities
5．What does the author mean by saying “It’s time to move” in the last paragraph?
A．Mainland universities should take measures as soon as possible to attract students.
B．The opportunities come for top students to study abroad.
C．Mainland universities should make full preparations to challenge mainland universities.
D．Top students should be offered further education free of charge.
十四
Once when I was a teenager, my father and I were standing in line to buy tickets for the circus. Finally there was only one family between us and the ticket counter. This family made a big impression on me. There were eight children, all probably under the age of 12．You could tell they didn’t have a lot of money. Their clothes were not expensive, but they were clean. The children were well-behaved, all of them standing in line, two-by-two behind their parents. The children were excitedly talking about the clowns, elephants and other acts they would see that night. One could sense they had never been to the circus before.
The father and mother were ahead standing proud as could be.
The ticket lady asked the father how many tickets he wanted. He proudly responded,“Please let me buy eight children’s tickets and two adult tickets.”
The ticket lady quoted（引用）the price.
The father leaned a little closer and asked,“How much did you say?”
The ticket lady again quoted the price.
The man didn’t have enough money. How was he supposed to turn and tell his eight kids that he didn’t have enough money to take them to the circus?
Seeing what was going on, my dad put his hand into his pocket, pulled out a $20 bill and dropped it on the ground.（We were not wealthy in any sense of the world!）My father reached down, picked up the bill, tapped the man on the shoulder and said,“Excuse me, sir, this fell out of your pocket.”
The man knew what was going on. He looked straight into my dad’s eyes, took my dad’s hand in both of his, pressed tightly onto the bill, and with his lip quivering（颤抖）and a tear streaming down his cheek, he replied,“Thank you, thank you, Sir. This really means a lot to me and my family.”
My father and I went back to our car and drove home. We didn’t go to the circus that night, but we didn’t go without.
1．What the family impressed the writer was that ________.
A．the family was too large B．they looked very poor and pitiful
C．they looked fairly rich and proud D．they were poor but respectable
2．The writer’s father dropped the note on the ground instead of giving the money to the father directly because ________ .
A．he wanted to make the father feel ashamed
B．he didn’t want to hurt the man’s pride and respect
C．he wanted to pretend to be very wealthy
D．he was not very willing to help the man and his family
3．It can be concluded from the last sentence of the story that ________ .
A．they felt it a pity that they didn’t go to the circus
B．they felt they would be blessed for their behavior
C．they didn’t feel bad though they didn’t go to the circus
D．they had never gone to the circus ever since
十五
Allen: I’ve never been a big fan of the bears, especially the vacation show. On my last trip to Disneyland (1999) we passed it by, because we didn’t want to spend the time on something we didn’t really enjoy. If we’d known it would be closed by our next visit. I’m sure we would have watched it one more time. I was just making the point that it wasn’t until Disney announced the closing that this feeling suddenly sprang (弹跳) up for the Country Bear show at Disneyland.
But I think the idea of keeping some attractions open forever regardless of the number of visitors it gets is a mistake. We all have great memories of the Bears, but clearly very few kids today (or I should say families today) are making those same memories from this show. That may be a sad fact, but it’s a fact. For whatever reason, the show doesn’t pull in the numbers. Isn’t it right to use the Country Bear space to bring in a more popular attraction so that more kids today can make those magic memories of an attraction they like? Otherwise aren’t we just telling kids today that they “have to” make great memories of the Bears, when it’s obvious that the kids themselves are not enjoying the Bears like we did?
Roger: I am very disappointed that they have decided to retire the Country Bear Playhouse. I remember going to the show as a child, and still enjoyed it as a teenager, and now young adult. It is true that there aren’t a lot of shows left at DL and with this one closing even less. Being at DL does require a lot of walking, and it is nice to have a few attractions that are a place to sit and enjoy a good show. I understand that DL has to develop, but there has to be some history to the Disneyland that Walt Disney first designed. There should be some parts of DL that just never go away, and this is one of them. By the time I have children it looks like there won’t be any attractions that I can say I went to as a child at the rate they are going.
Now the Bears are leaving. What I want to say is: stop trying to compete with everyone! DL is the best, because of attractions like the Country Bears. If DL insists on destroying all of its magic to make way for the latest, well, then it might as well be just another theme park.
1．What news might get people talking about the problem of the Country Bears?
A．The Country Bear Playhouse will be closed.
B．There will be a new attraction for our guests at Disneyland.
C．The number of visitors to the Country Bear Playhouse is falling.
D．The Bears will retire because of old age and can’t give shows any more.
2．Allen spoke mainly to get his point across that ________.
A．the Bears will be missed
B．we should tell kids today that they “have to ” make great memories of the Bears
C．the longtime attraction ought to make way for a future attraction
D．people never care about what they have until all is lost
3．Which is the best choice to complete Roger’s idea: “The Country Bears have been a part of Disneyland for nearly 30 years, __________.”
A．and I feel it is time to give our bears a good rest
B．but anyway, the attraction has lost interest
C．but I know that Disneyland will always be changing, and I accept that
D．and I am sad that the Bears will be leaving
4．Which of the following is not in the same group as the other three?
A．an attraction B．the latest magic C．the Bears D．a theme park
5．Where can this passage be found?
A．In a Web discussion zone.
B．In a suggestion book.
C．In a report on the popularity of the Country Bears.
D．In high school students’ compositions.
十六
How can you hear your friends’ voices when they are far away and you can’t make a long-distance call? Besides the web camera system with your computer, we have a new high-tech way to solve the problem and ease your pain of missing them.
The Japanese company Combiwith created a system “talking picture”. It makes people in pictures speak! The “talking picture” has a special pen. It is actually a pen-shaped scanner. It can scan information in specially-made pictures. A connected player will then play the information out loud.
First, you need to take a picture and record what you want to say with the company. The company will then make special barcodes (条形码) onto your picture (you can’t see those codes). Those codes are your voice and your words. When you hold up the pen to scan your picture with barcodes, a player connected to the pen will start to play. It plays things you’ve recorded. That way the invention makes the “you” in the picture speak!
Do you want your friends and families talking out of pictures? Have them make pictures like that, and you can hear them whenever you want to, only with “talking picture” system. The system can play messages for up to 12 minutes.
“The pictures would be useful for those who hope to hear the voice of someone living far away,” said Mayumi Fuji, a spokeswoman for the company. “Grandparents, for example, longing to know about their grandchildren would be happy to hear their voices when they see the picture,” Fuji said.
But it is troublesome to go to the company for taking a special picture first. And it is much more expensive than using a telephone. The photo with barcodes costs between 17,040 and 17,990 yen (日元) (160 and 169 dollars ). The larger picture you want, the more you pay.
Now, just raise a finger, lonely people can have their loved ones speak out of pictures. But, whether the “talking picture” is practical or not, let’s wait and see.
1．What does a “talking picture” mean according to this passage?
A．The picture can play what’s been recorded as if the person in the picture “talks”.
B．You can have a talk with the person in the picture whenever you want to.
C．The picture can tell you wonderful stories to ease your pain.
D．The picture can tell what’s on your mind when you are looking at it.
2．The right order when making a talking picture is ______ .
①record what you want say
②scan a picture with a pen-shaped scanner
③make special barcodes onto a picture
④take a picture
A．④③②① B．②④③① C．④①③② D．②④①③
3．Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A．The “talking picture” system can play messages for 12 minutes at most.
B．It will cost you more to take a larger talking picture.
C．It might take a lot of trouble to make a talking picture.
D．You can make a talking picture by just raising a finger.
4．The attitude of the writer toward the “talking picture” is ______.
A．optimistic B．uncertain C．positive D．cold
十七
Nowadays, we hear a lot about the growing threat of globalization（全球化）, accompanied by those warnings that the rich pattern of local life is being undermined（破坏）, and many dialects（方言） and traditions are becoming extinct. But stop and think for a moment about the many positive aspects that globalization is bringing. Read on and you are sure to feel comforted, ready to face the global future.
Consider the Internet, that good example of our shrinking world. Leaving aside the worries about political extremism, even the most narrow-minded must admit that the net offers a lot of benefits, not just in terms of education, the sector（部分）for which it was originally designed, but more importantly on a global level, the spread of news and comment. It will be increasingly difficult for politicians to misinform the public, as the oppressed（被压迫的）will not only find support and comfort, but also be able to organize themselves more effectively.
MTV is another global provider that is often criticized for imposing（强加）popular culture on the unsuspecting millions around the world. Yet the viewers’ judgment on MTV is undoubtedly positive; it is regarded as necessary by most of the global teenage generation who watch it, a vital part of growing up. And in the final analysis, what harm can a few songs and videos cause?
Is the world dominance（绝对优势）of brands like Nike and Coca-Cola so bad for us, when all is said and done? Sportswear and soft drinks are harmless products when compared to the many other things that have been globally available for a longer period of time — heroin and cocaine, for example. In any case, just because Nike shoes and Coke cans are for sale, it doesn’t mean you have to buy them — even globalization cannot take away people’s free will.
Critics of globalization can stop presenting their doom （毁灭）and gloom（阴暗） statements. Life goes on, and has more to offer for many citizens of the world than it did for their parents’ generation.
1．Some people feel sad about globalization because they believe it will ______.
A．bring threat to the world peace B．affect the rich local life
C．change their present easy lifestyle D．increase the size of people speaking dialects
2．Internet was originally designed ______.
A．to promote education B．to make news and comment known
C．to make people not worried D．to publicize political beliefs
3．It is implied in the passage that Nike and Coca-Cola ______.
A．should not become dominant brands B．have been ignored by many people
C．cannot be compared with drugs D．shouldn’t have caused so much worry
4．Which of the following could be the best title of the passage?
A．Globalization is Standardization（标准化）
B．Globalization: Like it or change it
C．Globalization: Don’t Worry, Be Happy
D．Globalization Brings Equality
十八
To many web-building spiders, most of whom are nearly blind, the web is their essential window on the world: their means of communicating, capturing prey（猎物）, meeting mates and protecting themselves. A web-building spider without its web is like a men cast away on an island of solid rock，totally out of touch and destined to starve to death.
So important is the web to an orb-web spider's survival that the animal will continue to construct new webs daily even if it is being starved. For 16 days the starving spider builds completely normal webs. Then, as the animal gets scrawnier, it constructs a wider-meshed （网孔、网眼）web using fewer strands（线）. Such webs would only trap larger prey, which is more economical from the perspective of a starving spider.
The spider stores energy by recycling web protein. It simply eats its own web each evening and reuses it to produce new silk. In studies with radioactivity, labeled materials, it was found that 95 percent of web protein reappears in the next day' web. Most of the energy needed for web-building is used in walking over the strands as they are laid down．
Scientists are impressed by the adaptability of the spider's highly preprogrammed brain, which is larger for its size than the brain of any other invertebrate（无脊推动物）. If web-building is interrupted, or if some of the existing strands are destroyed, the spider simply goes back to see where the web is left off and then finishes building a normal web. One spider will finish building the incomplete web of another.
1．Which of the following best expresses the main ideas of the passage?
A．Secrets of Spiders’ Adaptability B．Importance of Webs to Spiders
C．Secrets of the Spiders’ Life D．Spiders' Highly Preprogrammed Brain
2．According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?
A．Most spiders will stop conducting webs when hungry.
B．One Web-building spider usually conducts one web.
C．Web-building spiders will probably die without their webs.
D．Web-building spiders have good eyesight.
3．The underlined word “scrawnier” in the second paragraph probably means ______.
A．weaker but good-looking B．fatter and stronger
C．nice and healthier D．thinner and bony
4．A spider's ability to finish an incomplete web proves that ______
A．it has a highly preprogrammed brain
B．it reuses its web protein to reproduce new silk
C．the web is everything for a spider
D．it is able to rebuild a destroyed web
十九
My first day as a tour salesgirl was a nightmare . I was 22 when I applied for the job . I was sent on a training course , but you don’t really find out what the job is about until you are actually up to your neck in it .
My very first day on the job I had a terrible experience . I was having a drink at about 2 and thinking , “Thank goodness the first day is over”, when someone arrived and told me that the hotel was trying to throw one of the guests out because he had hit his wife over the head with a shoe and split her head open . I tried to smooth it with the hotelier , but all he said was , “I don’t want him here ; get the police .” So I called the police , but they wouldn’t take him without identification .
Eventually I found his passport in his room among 20 bottles of whiskey , and then the next day , I had to get him released because his wife wouldn’t demand charges . It was a nightmare .
They had warned me during the training course that things wouldn’t be easy , but I wasn’t expecting problems quite so soon . During my last lesson , a forest fire came down the mountain during the night and surrounded the hotel . In another resort things sometimes got a bit out of control . I would get hooligans (小流氓)throwing rubbish inside , refusing to leave the hotel . It was my job to tell them off for behaving like that .
Every day was different .
A lot of sales representatives give up after one season ; there are very few who carry on for years , but I enjoyed my three years . On my first trip to Corsica , I met a waiter , and in my last summer , I married him . The staff wouldn’t give me any time off , so I had to marry him on my day off . But the guests were very nice and gave us presents and said they’d come and visit us in England . Over all , I’ve no regrets , and I would certainly do it again if I had the chance , and I would recommend others of an adventurous spirit to do the same .
1．The writer said that her day as a tour salesgirl was a nightmare probably because .
A．she was only 22 years old at that time
B．she met something difficult to deal with
C．she had no such experience before .
D．she had a terrible dream that day .
2．From this passage we can infer that the man hit his wife over the head because .
A．he was not satisfied with the service of the hotel .
B．his wife didn’t agree with what he said
C．he had drunk too much wine
D．his wife forgot to bring their passport
3．The following statements are true except that .
A．the writer worked as a tour salesgirl for 3 years .
B．the writer was very busy as a tour salesgirl
C．the writer treasured her job very much
D．the writer was troubled by hooligans by everywhere
4．From the last paragraph we may conclude that the writer’s attitude towards her job was .
A．positive B．negative C．regretful D．sorrowful
二十
Baseball is America’s national sport . So it is not unusual that many popular expressions come from baseball . But first, let me explain a little about the game .
Each baseball team has nine players . The pitcher of one team throws the ball to a batter from the other team . The batter attempts to hit the ball . If he misses , it is called a strike . If a batter gets three strikes , he loses his turn at bat and is called out . The batter also is out if he hits the ball in the air and an opposing player catches it . But if the batter hits the ball and it is not caught , the batter tries to run to one or more of the four bases on the field . The batter can run to all four bases if he hits the ball over the fence or out of the ballpark . Such a hit is called a homerun .
Now , here are some common expressions from baseball. Someone who is “on the ball” is intelligent and able to do a good job . But a person who “threw a curve ball “ did something unexpected . Someone who “steps up to the plate” is ready to do his or her job . A “pinch hitter” takes the place of someone else at a job or activity .
Sometimes I have to give information quickly , without time to think it over . Then I would say something “right off the bat .” If someone is doing an extremely good job and is very successful , you might say he or she is “batting one thousand .”
If I say I want to “touch base” with you , I will talk to you from time to time about something we plan to do . I might say I “touched all the bases” if I did what is necessary to complete a job or activity . And if I “covered my bases” I was well prepared . However , someone who is “way off base” did something wrong or maybe even dishonest or immoral . A person with strange ideas might be described as “out in left field.”
Finally , when a situation changes completely , we say “that is a whole new ballgame.”
1．The purpose of the passage is to .
A．indicate baseball is America’s national sport
B．explain the rules of a sport game
C．introduce some useful expressions from baseball
D．show the connection between expressions and sports
2．What does the underlined sentence “ The batter also is out” mean ?
A．The batter comes out from his position
B．The batter will not continue the game .
C．The match will be over suddenly .
D．The batter will change his position .
3．Which of the following expressions can show the meaning that someone is ready to do something ?
A．To be right off the bat . B．To throw a curve ball .
C．To cover his bases . D．That is a whole new ballgame
4．What is the main idea of the second paragraph ?
A．The history of baseball .
B．The rules of baseball .
C．The connection between baseball and the expressions
D．Baseball is popular in America .
二十一
Street art can be found on buildings , sidewalks , street signs and even trash cans from Tokyo to Paris to New York City . This special kind of art can take the form of paintings , sculptures , cloth or even stickers . Street art has become part of a global visual culture . Now , even art museums and galleries are collecting the work of street artists .
It is not easy to provide an exact history of the street art movement . This kind of art has developed in many kinds of ways in places all over the world . Also , because it is illegal to paint public and private property without permission , street artists usually work secretly . This secretive nature of street art and its countless forms make it hard to define exactly . And people have different opinions about the movement . Some think street art is a crime and destroys property . But others see this art as a rich form of non-traditional cultural expression .
Many experts say the movement began in New York City in the nineteen sixties. Young adults would use paint in special cans to spray their “tag” on walls and train cars around the city . This tag was a name they created to identify themselves and their artwork . This colorful style of writing is also called graffiti . It is visually exciting and energetic .
Graffiti also became a separate movement expressing the street culture of young people living in big cities . Graffiti art represented social and political rebellion . These artists could travel around areas of the city making creative paintings for everyone to see . Sometimes this street art created a dispute between artists and city officials . Graffiti artists created their images and city officials quickly painted over them .
During the 1980s , two famous New York painters—Keith Haring and Jean Michel began showing their work in art galleries and museums . This is when street art started to become part of the more general popular culture .
1．What can we infer from the first paragraph ?
A．Street art has become popular and is accepted as a kind of culture .
B．Street art is very special compared with other forms of popular art .
C．Many people are beginning to learn street art .
D．Street art is better developed in big cities than in rural areas .
2．Which of the following statements is true according to the passage ?
A．“TAG” was a word created by people to distinguish street artists and the other artists .
B．There are three reasons to explain why it is hard to define the history of street art .
C．The movement of street art began in the 1980s in New York City .
D．All the people don’t think that the street art is a rich form of cultural expression .
3．The city officials used to do away with graffiti probably because .
A．they caused arguments between people
B．they were ugly in someone’s eyes
C．they were not painted under proper guidance
D．they didn’t express good traditional culture .
4．They best title of the passage is .
A．The way to become a street artist . B．What does Graffiti art stand for ?
C．The history of an art movement . D．the work of street artists .
二十二
More than 60,000 foreign scientists come to China every year and 80,000 Chinese scientists go abroad , contributing to an international scientific and technological exchange system .
“These foreigners are helping China solve a lot of essential problems , which used to be bottlenecks in the country’s technological development ,” Shang Yong , China’s vice-minister of Science and Technology , told China Daily yesterday .
Meanwhile , Chinese scientists educated abroad have become the cornerstone in the country’s scientific establishment . More than 80 per cent of academicians at the Chinese Academy of Sciences have studied abroad , according to statistics released yesterday .
The foreign scientists have been most active in areas such as renewable (可更新的) energy development , resource management , environmental protection and agricultural technology improvement , according to the vice-minister .
For example , a dozen experts from the United States are currently working with their Chinese colleagues around the country to build a nationwide earthquake monitoring system .
The new system , which will forecast earthquakes with great accuracy and provide timely information online , has included nine Chinese cities and is adding Lhasa .
China has signed agreements with 26 countries to carry out joint research into traditional Chinese medicine since expressing its commitment to international co-operation in this field in July .
According to Shang , Chinese and foreign scientists are sharing the intellectual property rights of core technologies in most of these projects .
“China will seek international co-operation in many more fields of scientific research in the next five years,” he said. “The country needs thousands and thousands of scientists from abroad , both Chinese and foreign.”
Chinese scientists have returned home attracted by cutting-edge scientific and technological development projects , many of them are international co-operation projects .
These scientists with an international background are the leading force in the country’s technological advance, according to Jin Xiaoming , director of the ministry’s bureau of international co-operation.
1．The foreign experts are playing an important role in Chinese technological development mainly because .
A．they bring with them many advanced equipment to China when they come
B．they join hands with the Chinese scientists to solve important problems
C．they devote all their time and efforts educating young Chinese scientists
D．they help to form an export and import exchange systems in China
2．The example given in the paragraph 5 to 6 is to show that .
A．the research in forecasting earthquakes still has a long way to go
B．scientific cooperation has led to great achievements in some fields
C．earthquake monitoring is the most urgent problem facing the experts
D．we could predict natural disasters exactly from now on
3．According to the passage , we know that the foreign scientists came to China for the purpose of
.
A．cooperating with a common goal
B．earning Renminbi as their foreign currency
C．helping China to become a powerful country
D．forecasting earthquakes or other natural disasters
4．The best possible title for passage should be .
A．Statistics released yesterday . B．Scientific exchange a success
C．International cooperation in China D．Vice-minister interviewed recently
二十三.
More and more Britons are using the law to settle disputes . We may still be a long way behind the United States, but the rush to the courts has lawyers rubbing their hands with delight . Here are some recent examples .
The scalding apple pie
Miles received ￡ 750 compensation from McDonald’s when the hot filling from an apple pie fell out and scalded his arm .
Mr. Miles fears he may be permanently scarred as a result of the accident . His lawyer said that the pie had not been fit for its purpose-to be eaten immediately after sale .
“If a child had been injured in this way,” he said, “it could have been a lot more serious.” McDonald’s settled out of court without accepting responsibility .
The burglary victim
A burglary victim was told to pay ￡ 4,000 damages—to the burglar .
Ted Newberry , aged 82, shot burglar Mark Revill from inside his garden shed near his home . Later Revill was jailed for the burglary , but he charged Newberry with the damages , claiming that the injuries had been disastrous and ‘ruined his life’ .
Awarding the damages , Mr. Justice Rougier said that Newberry’s action was too careless .
The stressed worker
Social worker John Walker was awarded ￡ 175,000 in compensation (赔偿金) when he successfully claimed that his employers were careless in causing him to experience too much stress .As a result of the stress , Mr . Walker had two nervous breakdowns and had to take early retirement .
It was the first successful civil action of its kind . A spokesman for Mr. Walker’s union said it was a landmark case. “When we meet employers to discuss these matters, I believe we will now be treated much more seriously .”
The rugby referee
A High Court judge decided that rugby referee Michael Nolan was responsible for damages after a young player was paralyzed (瘫痪) during a match that he was controlling . Mr .Justice Court said that Mr. Nolan had not shown reasonable care and skill in pre
